1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes true
128 \output_changes false
132 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
134 \author 1414654397 "Richard Heck"
135 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
153 \begin_inset CommandInset href
155 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
166 \begin_inset Newline newline
170 \begin_inset Newline newline
174 \begin_inset Note Note
177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
178 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
179 \begin_inset Newline newline
184 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
192 \begin_layout Standard
193 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
194 LatexCommand tableofcontents
201 \begin_layout Chapter
205 \begin_layout Section
209 \begin_layout Standard
210 LyX is a document preparation system.
211 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
212 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
213 It is unlike most other
214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
223 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
236 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 pt type, left justified, 5
240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
252 \begin_layout Standard
253 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
266 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
270 \begin_layout Standard
272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
283 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
284 the format of all of the manuals.
285 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
286 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
303 \begin_layout Section
307 \begin_layout Standard
308 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
310 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
311 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
317 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
318 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
320 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
321 only a vertical scrollbar.
322 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
323 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
324 This, however, is due
325 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
326 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
327 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
328 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
330 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
331 this doesn't work for equations yet.
334 \begin_layout Standard
335 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
343 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
348 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
349 ing sections of this documentation.
352 \begin_layout Section
356 \begin_layout Standard
357 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
362 of the manuals from inside LyX.
363 Just select the manual you want read from the
370 \begin_layout Section
372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
374 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
381 \begin_layout Standard
382 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
383 without resorting to configuration files.
384 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
385 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
386 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
401 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
402 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
407 \begin_inset space \space{}
410 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
411 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
413 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
417 \begin_inset Index idx
420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
421 Reconfiguration of LyX
426 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
429 \begin_layout Section
431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
433 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
440 \begin_layout Standard
441 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
442 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
444 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
445 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
452 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
453 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
456 \begin_layout Standard
457 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
458 you can view from the menu
460 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
479 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
480 reconfigure LyX (menu
482 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
486 \begin_inset Note Note
489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
490 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
498 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
499 More about TeX Code is described in section
504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
506 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
510 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
517 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
527 \begin_inset Index idx
530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
531 Reconfiguration of LyX
536 See section 5.1 of the
540 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
543 \begin_layout Chapter
547 \begin_layout Section
548 Basic File Operations
549 \begin_inset Index idx
552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
561 \begin_layout Standard
566 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
567 in addition to some more advanced operations:
570 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_layout Itemize
612 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 arg "dialog-show print"
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
696 a few minor differences.
699 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
714 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
715 you for a template to use.
716 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
717 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
718 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
726 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
733 \begin_layout Standard
734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
766 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
767 space is just that — a big, blank space.
775 \begin_layout Standard
796 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
801 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
826 will reload the document from disk.
827 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
828 and want to restore it to the last save.
837 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
838 can identify them as your changes.
841 \begin_layout Section
842 Basic Editing Features
843 \begin_inset Index idx
846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
855 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
862 \begin_layout Standard
863 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
864 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
865 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
866 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
868 We'll start with cut and paste.
871 \begin_layout Standard
872 As you might expect, the
876 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
877 various other editing features.
878 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
882 \begin_layout Itemize
896 \begin_layout Itemize
910 \begin_layout Itemize
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
960 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
966 \begin_layout Standard
967 The first three are self-explanatory.
968 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
969 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
978 keys also function as the
983 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
984 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
989 to get back the lost text.
992 \begin_layout Standard
993 \begin_inset Index idx
996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1002 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1006 \begin_inset space ~
1011 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1014 \begin_layout Standard
1017 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1019 \begin_inset space ~
1022 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1024 \begin_inset space ~
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1039 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1043 \begin_inset space ~
1048 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1049 will start a new paragraph.
1052 \begin_layout Standard
1053 \begin_inset Index idx
1056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1063 \begin_inset Index idx
1066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1074 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1076 \begin_inset space ~
1080 \begin_inset space ~
1088 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1098 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1103 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1106 \begin_inset space ~
1115 \begin_inset space ~
1120 button to skip the current word.
1124 \begin_inset space ~
1129 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1133 \begin_inset space ~
1138 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1140 If the toggle is set, searching for
1141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 will not match the word
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1167 Match whole words only
1169 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1198 LyX offers also an advanced
1201 \begin_inset space ~
1205 \begin_inset space ~
1210 feature that is described in sec.
1211 \begin_inset space ~
1215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1217 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1224 \begin_layout Standard
1225 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1226 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1228 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1233 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1240 \begin_layout Section
1242 \begin_inset Index idx
1245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1252 \begin_inset Index idx
1255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1264 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1271 \begin_layout Standard
1272 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1273 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1279 or the toolbar button
1285 to undo some mistake.
1286 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1288 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1291 or the toolbar button
1298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1305 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1309 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1312 \begin_layout Standard
1313 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1322 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1323 This is a consequence of the 100
1324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1327 step undo limit, above.
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1339 work on almost everything in LyX.
1340 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1344 \begin_layout Section
1346 \begin_inset Index idx
1349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1358 \begin_layout Standard
1359 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1362 \begin_layout Enumerate
1367 \begin_layout Itemize
1372 once anywhere in the edit window.
1373 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1377 \begin_layout Enumerate
1382 \begin_layout Itemize
1388 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1391 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1394 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1397 \begin_layout Itemize
1398 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1400 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1407 \begin_layout Enumerate
1408 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1412 \begin_layout Standard
1413 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1414 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1418 \begin_layout Enumerate
1423 \begin_layout Standard
1428 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1433 \begin_layout Section
1435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1437 name "sec:Navigating"
1442 \begin_inset Index idx
1445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1454 \begin_layout Standard
1456 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960211
1458 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960212
1461 ways to navigate in documents:
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1470 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1473 \begin_layout Itemize
1474 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1479 or by the toolbar button
1482 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1486 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960291
1490 \begin_layout Itemize
1492 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960282
1493 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1495 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1498 and use the same menu to return to them.
1499 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1504 \begin_layout Standard
1506 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961047
1510 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1515 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1516 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1519 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1520 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1521 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1522 your last editing position.
1525 \begin_layout Subsection
1527 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960155
1531 \begin_layout Standard
1533 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960739
1534 was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1542 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1543 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1544 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1545 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1546 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1549 LatexCommand formatted
1550 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1554 ), or notes, or citations (see
1555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1556 LatexCommand formatted
1557 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1562 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1564 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1565 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1566 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1567 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1570 LatexCommand formatted
1571 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1575 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1577 LatexCommand formatted
1578 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1583 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1586 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960743
1587 window shows you the content of the document's table of contents (TOC)
1588 that is described in section
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1595 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1600 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1601 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1602 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1603 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1604 to the document, see section
1605 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1611 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1617 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961073
1621 \begin_layout Standard
1623 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961268
1624 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1625 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1626 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1627 dialog and to modify the citation.
1628 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1632 \begin_layout Standard
1634 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961348
1635 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1637 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1638 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1646 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1649 \begin_layout Standard
1651 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961396
1652 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1653 you further to control the display.
1660 option sorts the current list
1661 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961441
1663 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1665 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302961448
1667 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961449
1674 option keeps it in the current view state.
1675 Keeping means that when you have e.
1676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1680 \begin_inset space \space{}
1683 the subsections of section
1684 \begin_inset space ~
1687 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1691 3, the subsections of section
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1700 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1701 \begin_inset space ~
1706 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961566
1707 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1717 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1720 \begin_layout Standard
1722 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960914
1724 \begin_inset space \space{}
1728 \begin_inset Graphics
1729 filename ../images/down.png
1731 groupId toolbarbuttons
1736 \begin_inset space ~
1740 \begin_inset space \space{}
1744 \begin_inset Graphics
1745 filename ../images/up.png
1747 groupId toolbarbuttons
1752 \begin_inset space ~
1755 at the bottom of the outline window you can
1756 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961517
1758 \begin_inset space ~
1762 \begin_inset Graphics
1763 filename /cvs/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/images/reload.png
1768 \begin_inset space ~
1771 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1772 Next to it are buttons that allow you to
1774 change the position of sections in your document.
1776 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960951
1778 \begin_inset space \space{}
1782 \begin_inset Graphics
1783 filename ../images/down.png
1785 groupId toolbarbuttons
1790 \begin_inset space ~
1794 \begin_inset space \space{}
1798 \begin_inset Graphics
1799 filename ../images/up.png
1801 groupId toolbarbuttons
1806 \begin_inset space ~
1809 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1812 So, for example, you can move section
1813 \begin_inset space ~
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1821 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960981
1823 \begin_inset space ~
1829 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1831 \begin_inset Graphics
1832 filename ../images/promote.png
1834 groupId toolbarbuttons
1839 \begin_inset Graphics
1840 filename ../images/demote.png
1842 groupId toolbarbuttons
1847 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960990
1850 or the corresponding key bindings
1858 ) you can change the level of sections.
1859 So you can for example make section
1860 \begin_inset space ~
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1868 \begin_inset space ~
1874 \begin_layout Standard
1876 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960144
1880 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1885 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1886 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1889 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1890 This is useful when you have a large document and navigated or scrolled
1891 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1892 your last editing position.
1897 \begin_layout Section
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1900 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1905 \begin_inset Index idx
1908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1915 \begin_inset Index idx
1918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1946 Input / Word Completion
1949 \begin_layout Standard
1950 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1952 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1953 is used to propose completions.
1956 \begin_layout Standard
1957 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1958 there are completions available.
1959 You can then press the
1963 key to use this completion.
1964 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1965 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1966 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1973 \begin_layout Standard
1974 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1976 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1979 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1981 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1984 by deselecting the option
1991 Automatic inline completion
1993 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1994 To accept this proposal, use the
2003 the completions are always shown in a popup.
2004 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
2006 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2012 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2019 \begin_layout Section
2021 \begin_inset Index idx
2024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2031 \begin_inset Index idx
2034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2063 \begin_inset Index idx
2066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2097 \begin_layout Standard
2098 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
2099 LyX's default is CUA.
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2106 \begin_inset space ~
2114 \begin_inset space ~
2135 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2139 \begin_layout Labeling
2140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2144 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2145 LatexCommand nomenclature
2147 description "Tabulator key"
2153 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2154 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2155 \begin_inset space ~
2159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2161 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2168 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2172 , especially section
2173 \begin_inset space ~
2177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2179 reference "sub:Lists"
2185 If you're still confused, look in the
2192 \begin_layout Labeling
2193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2197 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2198 LatexCommand nomenclature
2200 description "Escape key"
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2214 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2215 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2218 \begin_layout Labeling
2219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2225 \begin_inset space ~
2229 \begin_inset space ~
2236 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2237 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2241 \begin_layout Standard
2242 There are three modifier keys:
2245 \begin_layout Labeling
2246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2264 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2265 LatexCommand nomenclature
2267 description "Control key"
2271 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2272 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2276 \begin_layout Itemize
2285 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2288 \begin_layout Itemize
2297 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2300 \begin_layout Itemize
2309 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2313 \begin_layout Labeling
2314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2332 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2333 LatexCommand nomenclature
2335 description "Shift key"
2339 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2340 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2343 \begin_layout Labeling
2344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2362 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2363 LatexCommand nomenclature
2365 description "Alt or Meta key"
2369 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2370 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2371 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2377 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2379 menu accelerator keys
2382 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2383 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 For example, the sequence
2389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2395 \begin_inset space ~
2399 \begin_inset space ~
2405 \begin_inset space ~
2413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2432 \begin_inset space ~
2438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2448 \begin_layout Standard
2453 manual lists all other things bound to the
2461 \begin_layout Standard
2462 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2463 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2464 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2465 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2466 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2467 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2468 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2469 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2485 followed by a capital
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2495 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2500 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2503 as explained in sec.
2504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2510 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2517 \begin_layout Chapter
2519 \begin_inset Index idx
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2531 \begin_layout Section
2533 \begin_inset Index idx
2536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2545 \begin_layout Subsection
2549 \begin_layout Standard
2550 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2551 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2552 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2553 numbering schemes, and so on.
2554 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2555 and format the title of your document differently.
2558 \begin_layout Standard
2563 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2564 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2565 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2566 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2567 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2570 \begin_layout Standard
2571 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2572 how to adjust their properties.
2575 \begin_layout Subsection
2577 \begin_inset Index idx
2580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2589 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 You can select a class using the
2599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2600 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2604 \begin_inset Index idx
2607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2614 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2627 \begin_layout Description
2628 Article for basic articles
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Report for basic reports
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Book for writing a book
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 Letter for US-style letters
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2644 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2645 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2646 will include many of these.
2647 Here are some of the classes.
2648 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2650 Special Document Classes
2659 \begin_layout Description
2660 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2663 \begin_layout Description
2664 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2668 \begin_layout Description
2669 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2673 \begin_layout Description
2674 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2675 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2676 There are three article layouts available.
2677 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2678 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2679 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2680 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2685 sequential numbering
2686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2689 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2690 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2691 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2692 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2695 \begin_layout Description
2696 Beamer Layout for presentations
2699 \begin_layout Description
2700 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2701 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2705 \begin_layout Description
2706 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2709 \begin_layout Description
2711 \begin_inset space ~
2714 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2717 \begin_layout Description
2718 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2721 \begin_layout Description
2722 Foils Used to make transparencies
2725 \begin_layout Description
2726 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2727 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2731 \begin_layout Description
2732 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2733 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2736 \begin_layout Description
2737 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2740 \begin_layout Description
2741 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2744 \begin_layout Description
2745 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2746 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2747 (Is used by this document.)
2750 \begin_layout Description
2751 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2754 \begin_layout Description
2755 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2758 \begin_layout Description
2763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2770 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2771 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2773 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2776 \begin_layout Description
2777 Slides Used to make transparencies
2780 \begin_layout Description
2782 \begin_inset space ~
2785 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2786 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2789 \begin_layout Description
2790 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2793 \begin_layout Standard
2794 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2796 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2802 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2803 of the document classes.
2806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2810 \begin_layout Standard
2812 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2813 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2814 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2815 You will probably find
2817 that many of the document classes listed under
2819 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2820 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2822 \begin_inset Index idx
2825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2843 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2844 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2845 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2846 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2851 \begin_inset space ~
2860 receive a warning saying that
2861 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2862 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2864 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2865 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2869 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2873 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2876 that something is wrong.
2879 \begin_layout Standard
2881 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2883 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2887 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2888 and some of them, like
2892 , are highly specialized.
2894 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2897 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2898 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2899 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2900 by some document class.
2901 There are just too many of them.
2902 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2905 \begin_layout Standard
2906 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2914 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2915 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2916 document class for a new file.
2917 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2922 Installing new LaTeX files
2923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2930 manual for information on how to install them.
2931 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2938 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2939 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2941 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2942 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2943 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2945 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2948 \begin_inset space ~
2955 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2958 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2967 \begin_inset Index idx
2970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2979 \begin_layout Standard
2980 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2981 chosen document class.
2982 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2983 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2994 \begin_inset Index idx
2997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3004 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
3008 \begin_layout Standard
3009 Some modules require LaTeX packages
3010 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
3011 or file format converters
3013 that are not always installed by default.
3014 LyX will warn you if you do not have
3015 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
3017 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
3021 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
3022 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
3025 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
3026 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
3027 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
3028 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
3030 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
3034 If you want to be able to produce
3035 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961839
3038 output, then you need to install the missing
3039 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
3041 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
3044 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
3046 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3050 \begin_inset Index idx
3053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 Reconfiguration of LyX
3060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3063 Installing new LaTeX files
3064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3071 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3074 \begin_layout Standard
3075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3083 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3084 LyX will advise you about these things.
3090 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961851
3094 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3096 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961879
3098 \begin_inset Index idx
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3103 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961873
3104 Document ! Local Layout
3114 \begin_layout Standard
3116 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302962459
3117 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
3118 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3119 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3120 writing a module for this purpose.
3121 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3122 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3124 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
3125 What you want is LyX's
3126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3134 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
3140 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3144 \begin_layout Standard
3145 Each class has a default set of options.
3146 Here's a quick table describing them:
3149 \begin_layout Standard
3150 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3156 \begin_layout Standard
3158 \begin_inset Tabular
3159 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3160 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3626 \begin_layout Standard
3627 You're probably also wondering what
3628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3632 \begin_inset space ~
3636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3640 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3641 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3646 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3651 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3661 headings, there are also
3669 headings, and so on.
3670 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3671 \begin_inset space ~
3675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3677 reference "sub:Headings"
3684 \begin_layout Subsection
3686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3688 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3693 \begin_inset Index idx
3696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3705 \begin_inset Index idx
3708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3717 \begin_layout Standard
3718 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3731 \begin_inset space ~
3736 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3738 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3739 to use for your document.
3740 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3757 \begin_inset space ~
3762 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3763 You can choose between the following five options:
3766 \begin_layout Labeling
3767 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3772 Use default page style of current class.
3775 \begin_layout Labeling
3776 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3781 No page numbers or headings.
3784 \begin_layout Labeling
3785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3793 \begin_layout Labeling
3794 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3799 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3800 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3801 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3804 \begin_layout Labeling
3805 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3810 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3816 \begin_inset Index idx
3819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3820 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3826 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3827 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3829 Check the documentation for the
3833 package for more details,
3834 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3843 \begin_layout Standard
3848 of paragraphs is described in section
3849 \begin_inset space ~
3853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3855 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3862 \begin_layout Subsection
3863 Paper Size and Orientation
3864 \begin_inset Index idx
3867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3868 Document ! Paper size
3874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3876 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3883 \begin_layout Standard
3884 You'll find the following options in the menu
3887 \begin_inset space ~
3892 of the dialog of the
3894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3900 \begin_inset Index idx
3903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3912 \begin_layout Labeling
3913 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3917 \begin_inset space ~
3922 What size paper to print on.
3926 \begin_layout Itemize
3932 \begin_layout Itemize
3942 \begin_layout Itemize
3948 \begin_layout Itemize
3954 \begin_layout Itemize
3960 \begin_layout Itemize
3966 \begin_layout Itemize
3972 \begin_layout Labeling
3973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3978 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3989 \begin_layout Labeling
3990 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3994 \begin_inset space ~
3999 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
4000 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
4003 \begin_layout Subsection
4005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4012 \begin_inset Index idx
4015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4022 \begin_inset Index idx
4025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4035 Paper margins are set in the menu
4037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4041 \begin_inset Index idx
4044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4053 \begin_layout Standard
4054 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
4055 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
4056 the paper format and the font size into account.
4059 \begin_layout Subsection
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
4069 That includes the paragraph environments.
4070 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
4071 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4072 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
4073 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4082 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4084 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4085 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4086 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4089 \begin_layout Section
4090 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4091 \begin_inset Index idx
4094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4095 Paragraph ! Indentation
4103 \begin_layout Subsection
4105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4107 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4116 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4119 \begin_layout Standard
4120 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4121 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4122 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4123 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4127 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4133 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4134 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4135 language than English.
4136 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4141 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4143 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4144 LyX takes care of that.
4145 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4147 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4148 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4149 of a page, and so on.
4153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4154 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4159 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4160 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4164 of these pre-coded spacings.
4165 We'll explain more later.
4168 \begin_layout Subsection
4169 Paragraph Separation
4170 \begin_inset Index idx
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Paragraph ! Separation
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 To separate paragraphs, select
4194 \begin_inset space ~
4201 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4205 \begin_inset Index idx
4208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4214 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4215 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4216 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4219 \begin_layout Standard
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4230 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4231 \begin_inset space ~
4235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4237 reference "cap:Units"
4242 The default length is 30
4243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4249 \begin_layout Subsection
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4257 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4259 \begin_inset space ~
4264 dialog and toggle the
4267 \begin_inset space ~
4272 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4275 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4279 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4280 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4284 \begin_layout Standard
4285 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4286 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4289 \begin_layout Subsection
4291 \begin_inset Index idx
4294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4295 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4303 \begin_layout Standard
4306 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4310 \begin_inset Index idx
4313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4322 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4325 \begin_inset space ~
4334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4335 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4340 \begin_inset Index idx
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4344 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4349 installed to use this feature.
4357 \begin_layout Section
4358 Paragraph Environments
4359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4361 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4366 \begin_inset Index idx
4369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4370 Paragraph ! Environments
4376 \begin_inset Index idx
4379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4380 Paragraph environments|(
4388 \begin_layout Subsection
4392 \begin_layout Standard
4393 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4396 \begin_layout Standard
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4419 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4420 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4429 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 A paragraph environment is simply a
4434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4441 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4442 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4443 scheme, labels, and so on.
4444 Additionally, you can
4445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4452 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4453 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4454 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4455 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4456 days of typewriters.
4457 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4459 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4464 \begin_inset Graphics
4465 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4471 at the left end of the toolbar.
4472 LyX will change the environment of the
4476 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4477 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4478 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4482 \begin_layout Standard
4491 create a new paragraph using the
4495 paragraph environment.
4497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4504 because if you are in one of these environments:
4507 \begin_layout Itemize
4513 \begin_layout Itemize
4519 \begin_layout Itemize
4525 \begin_layout Itemize
4531 \begin_layout Itemize
4537 \begin_layout Itemize
4543 \begin_layout Itemize
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4550 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4554 , rather than resetting it to
4559 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4560 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4561 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4562 \begin_inset space ~
4566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4568 reference "sec:Nesting"
4573 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4578 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4579 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4583 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4589 \begin_layout Subsection
4593 \begin_layout Standard
4594 The default paragraph environment is
4599 It creates a plain paragraph.
4600 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4601 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4602 this manual) are in the
4609 \begin_layout Standard
4610 You can nest a paragraph using the
4614 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4622 \begin_layout Subsection
4624 \begin_inset Index idx
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4636 \begin_layout Standard
4637 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4646 for thanks or contact information.
4647 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4648 page along with today's date.
4649 For other types of documents, the title
4650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4657 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4661 \begin_layout Standard
4662 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4676 Here's how you use them:
4679 \begin_layout Itemize
4680 Put the title of your document in the
4687 \begin_layout Itemize
4688 Put the author name in the
4695 \begin_layout Itemize
4696 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4697 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4703 Note that using this environment is optional.
4704 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4705 If you don't want any date, add the line
4706 \begin_inset Newline newline
4716 \begin_inset Newline newline
4719 to the preamble of your document (menu
4721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4727 \begin_layout Standard
4728 You can use footnotes to insert
4729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4736 or contact information.
4739 \begin_layout Subsection
4741 \begin_inset Index idx
4744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4761 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4762 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4767 \begin_inset Index idx
4770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4771 Section headings ! Numbered
4779 \begin_layout Standard
4780 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4784 \begin_layout Enumerate
4790 \begin_layout Enumerate
4796 \begin_layout Enumerate
4802 \begin_layout Enumerate
4808 \begin_layout Enumerate
4814 \begin_layout Enumerate
4820 \begin_layout Enumerate
4826 \begin_layout Standard
4827 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4828 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4829 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4832 \begin_layout Standard
4833 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4834 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4835 You group the book into chapters.
4836 LyX does similar grouping:
4839 \begin_layout Itemize
4844 is divided in either
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4867 \begin_layout Itemize
4879 \begin_layout Itemize
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4903 \begin_layout Itemize
4915 \begin_layout Standard
4916 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4924 Not all document types use the
4928 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4933 is the top-level heading.
4941 \begin_layout Standard
4946 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4947 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4949 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4961 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4963 \begin_inset Index idx
4966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4967 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4980 \begin_layout Enumerate
4986 \begin_layout Enumerate
4992 \begin_layout Enumerate
4998 \begin_layout Enumerate
5004 \begin_layout Enumerate
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5019 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5020 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
5021 table of contents, see section
5022 \begin_inset space ~
5026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5036 Changing the Numbering
5037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5039 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
5046 \begin_layout Standard
5047 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5048 in the Table of Contents.
5049 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5051 Certain classes start with
5065 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5075 This is something you can change.
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5081 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5087 \begin_inset Index idx
5090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5101 \begin_inset space ~
5105 \begin_inset space ~
5110 you'll see two counters.
5115 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
5117 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5122 Short Titles of Headings
5123 \begin_inset Index idx
5126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5127 Section headings ! Short titles
5133 \begin_inset Argument
5136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5145 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5152 \begin_layout Standard
5153 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5154 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5155 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5156 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5159 \begin_layout Standard
5160 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5161 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5162 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5163 To specify a short title, use the menu
5165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5167 \begin_inset space ~
5173 This will insert a box labeled
5174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5189 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5190 This also works for captions inside floats.
5193 \begin_layout Standard
5194 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5201 \begin_layout Standard
5202 The following information applies to all section headings:
5205 \begin_layout Itemize
5206 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5209 \begin_layout Itemize
5210 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5213 \begin_layout Itemize
5214 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5217 \begin_layout Itemize
5218 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5221 \begin_layout Subsection
5222 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5225 \begin_layout Standard
5226 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5240 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5241 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5242 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5243 the text they contain.
5244 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5252 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5255 \begin_layout Standard
5256 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5265 when you start a new paragraph.
5266 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5270 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5271 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5272 to change back to the
5276 environment yourself.
5279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5296 \begin_inset Index idx
5299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5308 \begin_layout Standard
5309 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5310 time for the differences.
5319 are identical except for one difference:
5323 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5332 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5335 \begin_layout Standard
5336 Here's an example of the
5349 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5351 See – no indentation!
5355 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5356 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5357 the other paragraph.
5360 \begin_layout Standard
5361 Here's another example, this time in the
5368 \begin_layout Quotation
5374 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5375 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5376 the first line, then
5380 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5384 you were quoting other text.
5387 \begin_layout Quotation
5388 Here's a new paragraph.
5389 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5390 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5394 As the examples show,
5398 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5399 They should put quotes in the
5404 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5408 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5411 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5417 \begin_inset Index idx
5420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5429 \begin_inset Index idx
5432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5439 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5448 \begin_layout Standard
5453 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5459 \begin_inset Newline newline
5462 Which I did not rehearse!
5466 It could be much worse.
5467 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5469 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5470 indented a bit more than the first.
5471 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5477 \begin_inset Newline newline
5480 And make things look fine
5481 \begin_inset Newline newline
5487 arg "newline-insert newline"
5493 \begin_layout Standard
5498 does not indent both margins.
5499 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5500 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5507 arg "newline-insert newline"
5513 \begin_layout Subsection
5515 \begin_inset Index idx
5518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5534 \begin_layout Standard
5535 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5545 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5554 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5555 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5556 some general features of all four of them.
5559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5563 \begin_layout Standard
5564 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5566 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5575 reset the environment to
5579 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5580 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5581 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5585 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5588 to break paragraphs.
5591 \begin_layout Standard
5592 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5593 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5595 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5596 you read all of section
5597 \begin_inset space ~
5601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5603 reference "sec:Nesting"
5611 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5617 \begin_inset Index idx
5620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5636 \begin_layout Standard
5637 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5641 paragraph environment.
5642 It has the following properties:
5645 \begin_layout Itemize
5646 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5650 \begin_layout Itemize
5651 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5654 \begin_layout Itemize
5655 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5659 \begin_layout Itemize
5660 The items can have any length.
5661 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5662 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5669 \begin_layout Itemize
5674 environment inside another
5678 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5683 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5686 \begin_layout Itemize
5687 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5690 \begin_layout Itemize
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5698 reference "sec:Nesting"
5702 for a full explanation of nesting.
5706 \begin_layout Standard
5707 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5716 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5719 \begin_layout Standard
5720 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5721 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5724 \begin_layout Itemize
5725 The label for the first level
5729 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5733 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 The label for the second level is a dash.
5738 \begin_layout Itemize
5739 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5743 \begin_layout Itemize
5744 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5748 \begin_layout Itemize
5749 Back out to the third level.
5753 \begin_layout Itemize
5754 Back to the second level.
5758 \begin_layout Itemize
5759 Back to the outermost level.
5762 \begin_layout Standard
5763 These are the default labels for an
5768 You can customize these labels in the
5770 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5773 dialog in the submenu
5780 \begin_inset Index idx
5783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5792 \begin_layout Standard
5793 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5794 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5796 \begin_inset space ~
5800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5802 reference "sec:Nesting"
5809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5815 \begin_inset Index idx
5818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5827 name "sec:Enumerate"
5834 \begin_layout Standard
5839 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5840 It has these properties:
5843 \begin_layout Enumerate
5844 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5848 \begin_layout Enumerate
5849 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5853 \begin_layout Enumerate
5854 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5857 \begin_layout Enumerate
5862 environment resets the counter to one.
5865 \begin_layout Enumerate
5878 \begin_layout Enumerate
5879 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5880 Items can have any length.
5883 \begin_layout Enumerate
5884 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5887 \begin_layout Enumerate
5888 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5891 \begin_layout Enumerate
5892 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5896 \begin_layout Standard
5905 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5906 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5913 \begin_layout Enumerate
5914 The first level of an
5918 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5922 \begin_layout Enumerate
5923 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5927 \begin_layout Enumerate
5928 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5932 \begin_layout Enumerate
5933 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5936 \begin_layout Enumerate
5937 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5942 \begin_layout Enumerate
5943 Back to the third level
5947 \begin_layout Enumerate
5948 Back to the second level.
5952 \begin_layout Enumerate
5953 Back to the outermost level.
5956 \begin_layout Standard
5957 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5962 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5967 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5971 \begin_layout Standard
5972 There is more to nesting
5976 environments than we've stated here.
5977 You should read section
5978 \begin_inset space ~
5982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5984 reference "sec:Nesting"
5988 to learn more about nesting.
5991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5997 \begin_inset Index idx
6000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6009 \begin_layout Standard
6010 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6014 list has no fixed label.
6015 Instead, LyX uses the first
6016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6023 of the first line as the label.
6027 \begin_layout Description
6028 Example: This is an example of the
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6036 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6040 \begin_layout Standard
6042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6049 it is meant that the first hit of the
6053 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
6055 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
6063 arg "space-insert protected"
6068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6069 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6071 \begin_inset space ~
6077 \begin_inset space ~
6081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6083 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
6087 for more info.) Here is an example:
6090 \begin_layout Description
6092 \begin_inset space ~
6095 Example: This one shows how to use a
6098 \begin_inset space ~
6110 \begin_layout Description
6111 Usage: You should use the
6115 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6116 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6118 It's not a good idea to use a
6122 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6123 You're better off using
6135 paragraphs into them.
6138 \begin_layout Description
6139 Nesting: You can nest
6143 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6147 \begin_layout Standard
6148 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6149 them from the first line.
6152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6158 \begin_inset Index idx
6161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6170 \begin_layout Standard
6175 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6178 \begin_layout Standard
6179 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6187 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6192 environment is named
6204 \begin_layout Standard
6213 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6214 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6217 \begin_layout Labeling
6218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6220 \begin_inset space ~
6223 labels LyX uses the first
6224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6231 of each line as the item label.
6236 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6237 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6238 blank as described above.
6241 \begin_layout Labeling
6242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6243 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6244 the body of the item text.
6245 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6246 label width plus a little extra space.
6250 \begin_layout Labeling
6251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6256 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6258 If the label width is larger, the label
6259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6266 into the first line.
6267 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6268 margin of the rest of the item text.
6271 \begin_layout Labeling
6272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6274 \begin_inset space ~
6277 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6282 environment have the same left margin.
6283 \begin_inset Newline newline
6286 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6291 \begin_inset space ~
6300 \begin_inset space ~
6305 determines the default label width.
6306 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6315 multiple times instead.
6316 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6325 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6328 \begin_inset space ~
6333 every time you alter a label in a
6338 \begin_inset Newline newline
6341 The predefined default width is the length of
6342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6351 \begin_inset Newline newline
6355 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6363 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6364 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6372 \begin_layout Standard
6377 environment the same way like the
6381 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6387 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6391 \begin_layout Standard
6396 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6398 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6400 \begin_inset space ~
6404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6406 reference "sec:Nesting"
6410 to learn about nesting.
6413 \begin_layout Standard
6414 There is yet another feature of the
6418 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6420 You can use additional
6424 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6429 are documented in section
6430 \begin_inset space ~
6434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6436 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6441 Here are some examples:
6442 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6448 \begin_layout Labeling
6449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6450 Left The default for
6457 \begin_layout Labeling
6458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6459 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6466 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6469 \begin_layout Labeling
6470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6482 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6485 \begin_layout Subsection
6487 \begin_inset Index idx
6490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6507 \begin_inset space ~
6515 \begin_layout Standard
6516 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6524 \begin_inset space ~
6530 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6531 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6532 In contrast, you can use the
6539 \begin_inset space ~
6544 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6545 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6549 \begin_layout Standard
6550 Of course, you're not limited to using
6557 \begin_inset space ~
6566 \begin_inset space ~
6571 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6572 some European academic papers.
6575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6579 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6586 \begin_layout Standard
6591 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6592 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6596 \begin_inset space ~
6601 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6602 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6603 Here's an example of each:
6606 \begin_layout Right Address
6608 \begin_inset Newline newline
6612 \begin_inset Newline newline
6616 \begin_inset Newline newline
6619 When is it? What is today?
6622 \begin_layout Standard
6626 \begin_inset space ~
6632 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6633 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6634 Here's an example of the
6641 \begin_layout Address
6643 \begin_inset Newline newline
6646 Where do I send this
6647 \begin_inset Newline newline
6650 Your post office and country
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 As you can see, both
6661 \begin_inset space ~
6666 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6671 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6677 This makes sense, since
6685 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6686 Thus, you have to use
6693 arg "newline-insert newline"
6699 \begin_inset space ~
6702 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6704 \begin_inset space ~
6713 menu) to start a new line in an
6720 \begin_inset space ~
6728 \begin_layout Subsection
6732 \begin_layout Standard
6733 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6734 or list of references.
6735 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6742 \begin_inset Index idx
6745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6754 \begin_layout Standard
6759 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6760 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6761 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6762 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6766 in anything else or vice versa.
6772 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6773 The book document classes ignores the
6777 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6781 in a letter document class.
6784 \begin_layout Standard
6789 environment does several things for you.
6790 First, it puts the centered label
6791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6799 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6801 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6802 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6803 the subsequent text.
6804 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6805 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6808 \begin_layout Standard
6809 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6813 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6814 The new paragraph will still be in the
6819 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6820 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6823 \begin_layout Standard
6824 \begin_inset Float figure
6829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6831 \begin_inset Graphics
6832 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6840 \begin_inset Caption
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6845 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6871 environment, but since this document is in the
6872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6879 class, we can't do this.
6880 We inserted it therefore as figure
6881 \begin_inset space ~
6885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6887 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6892 If you've never heard of an
6893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6900 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6903 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6909 \begin_inset Index idx
6912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6921 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6928 \begin_layout Standard
6933 environment is used to list references.
6934 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6935 only use it at the end of the document.
6940 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6943 \begin_layout Standard
6944 When you first open a
6948 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6964 depending on the document class.
6965 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6966 Each paragraph of the
6970 environment is a bibliography entry.
6975 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6976 Each new paragraph is still in the
6983 \begin_layout Standard
6984 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6985 by using a BibTeX database.
6986 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6987 phy handling, have a look at in section
6988 \begin_inset space ~
6992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6994 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7001 \begin_layout Subsection
7005 \begin_inset Index idx
7008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7009 Paragraph ! LyX code
7015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7024 \begin_layout Standard
7029 environment is another LyX extension.
7030 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7035 key as a fixed whitespace;
7039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7051 \begin_inset space ~
7056 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7061 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7062 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7065 arg "newline-insert newline"
7082 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7083 So, when you finish using the
7087 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7088 Also, you can nest the
7092 environment inside of others.
7095 \begin_layout Standard
7096 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7099 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 arg "newline-insert newline"
7106 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7111 \begin_inset space \space{}
7121 arg "newline-insert newline"
7127 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 arg "newline-insert newline"
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7147 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7158 arg "space-insert protected"
7165 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7167 You must put at least one
7171 in any line you want blank.
7172 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7175 \begin_layout Itemize
7176 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7180 since that will insert
7185 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7188 arg "self-insert \""
7194 \begin_layout Standard
7198 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7202 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7206 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7210 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7214 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7215 printf("Hello World!
7220 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7224 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7228 \begin_layout Standard
7229 This is just the standard
7230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7241 \begin_layout Standard
7246 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7247 rc-files, and so on.
7248 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7249 as if you used a typewriter.
7250 \begin_inset Index idx
7253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7254 Paragraph environments|)
7262 \begin_layout Section
7263 Nesting Environments
7264 \begin_inset Index idx
7267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7268 Nesting ! Environments
7274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7283 \begin_layout Subsection
7287 \begin_layout Standard
7288 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7290 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7292 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7294 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7306 \begin_layout Enumerate
7310 \begin_layout Enumerate
7315 \begin_layout Enumerate
7319 \begin_layout Enumerate
7324 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 \begin_layout Standard
7329 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7330 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7333 \begin_inset space ~
7337 \begin_inset space ~
7345 \begin_inset space ~
7349 \begin_inset space ~
7358 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7359 will tell you how far you are nested).
7360 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7363 arg "depth-increment"
7369 arg "depth-decrement"
7372 or the convenient key bindings
7383 arg "depth-increment"
7389 arg "depth-decrement"
7392 to change the nesting level.
7393 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7394 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7398 \begin_layout Standard
7399 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7400 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7401 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7402 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7407 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7409 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7412 \begin_layout Subsection
7413 What You Can and Can't Nest
7416 \begin_layout Standard
7417 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7418 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7421 \begin_layout Standard
7422 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7423 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7424 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7427 \begin_layout Itemize
7428 Completely unnestable
7431 \begin_layout Itemize
7432 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7436 \begin_layout Itemize
7437 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7441 \begin_layout Standard
7442 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7443 environments have them:
7446 \begin_layout Description
7447 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7448 Can't nest into them.
7452 \begin_layout Itemize
7458 \begin_layout Itemize
7464 \begin_layout Itemize
7470 \begin_layout Itemize
7476 \begin_layout Itemize
7483 \begin_layout Description
7485 \begin_inset space ~
7488 Nestable You can nest them.
7489 You can nest other things into them.
7493 \begin_layout Itemize
7499 \begin_layout Itemize
7505 \begin_layout Itemize
7511 \begin_layout Itemize
7517 \begin_layout Itemize
7523 \begin_layout Itemize
7529 \begin_layout Itemize
7535 \begin_layout Itemize
7542 \begin_layout Description
7543 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7544 You can't nest anything into them.
7548 \begin_layout Itemize
7554 \begin_layout Itemize
7560 \begin_layout Itemize
7566 \begin_layout Itemize
7572 \begin_layout Itemize
7578 \begin_layout Itemize
7584 \begin_layout Itemize
7590 \begin_layout Itemize
7596 \begin_layout Itemize
7602 \begin_layout Itemize
7608 \begin_layout Itemize
7614 \begin_layout Itemize
7620 \begin_layout Itemize
7626 \begin_layout Itemize
7630 \begin_inset space ~
7636 \begin_layout Itemize
7643 \begin_layout Standard
7644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7652 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7661 \begin_inset space ~
7665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7669 \begin_inset space \space{}
7672 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7673 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7674 section headings violate this.
7682 \begin_layout Subsection
7683 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7684 \begin_inset Index idx
7687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7688 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7696 \begin_layout Standard
7697 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7698 affected by nesting anyhow.
7702 \begin_layout Itemize
7706 \begin_layout Itemize
7710 \begin_layout Itemize
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7716 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7724 Figures and tables in
7728 are not affected by this.
7733 Have a look at section
7734 \begin_inset space ~
7738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7740 reference "sec:Floats"
7744 for more information about
7751 \begin_layout Standard
7752 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7753 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7757 \begin_layout Standard
7758 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7766 of its own, it behaves just like a
7767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7774 paragraph environment.
7775 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7780 Here's an example with a table:
7783 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 \begin_layout Enumerate
7789 This is (a) and it's nested.
7793 \begin_layout Standard
7794 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7800 \begin_layout Standard
7802 \begin_inset Tabular
7803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7804 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7890 \begin_layout Standard
7891 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7898 \begin_layout Enumerate
7900 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7904 \begin_layout Enumerate
7908 \begin_layout Standard
7909 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7912 \begin_layout Enumerate
7917 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 This is (a) and it's nested.
7922 \begin_layout Standard
7923 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7929 \begin_layout Standard
7931 \begin_inset Tabular
7932 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7933 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8019 \begin_layout Standard
8020 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8026 \begin_layout Enumerate
8033 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8036 \begin_layout Enumerate
8040 \begin_layout Standard
8041 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8045 \begin_layout Standard
8046 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8048 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8051 \begin_layout Enumerate
8056 \begin_layout Enumerate
8057 This is (a) and it's nested.
8060 \begin_layout Standard
8061 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8067 \begin_layout Standard
8069 \begin_inset Tabular
8070 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8071 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8072 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8073 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8157 \begin_layout Standard
8158 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8164 \begin_layout Enumerate
8166 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8174 \begin_layout Enumerate
8178 \begin_layout Standard
8179 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8185 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8186 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8190 \begin_layout Subsection
8191 Usage and General Features
8194 \begin_layout Standard
8195 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8204 is the innermost possible depth.
8205 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8208 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 level #1 – outermost
8213 \begin_layout Enumerate
8218 \begin_layout Enumerate
8223 \begin_layout Enumerate
8228 \begin_layout Itemize
8233 \begin_layout Itemize
8242 \begin_layout Standard
8243 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8244 both of them in the example.
8245 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8255 For example, if we tried to nest another
8260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8267 , we would get errors.
8270 \begin_layout Subsection
8272 \begin_inset Index idx
8275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8284 \begin_layout Standard
8285 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8286 We have several examples of nested environments.
8287 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8292 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8295 \begin_layout Labeling
8296 \labelwidthstring MMM
8297 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8306 \begin_layout Labeling
8307 \labelwidthstring MMM
8308 #2-a This is level #2.
8309 We created it by using
8312 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8318 arg "depth-increment"
8325 \begin_layout Labeling
8326 \labelwidthstring MMM
8327 #3-a This is level #3.
8328 This time, we just hit
8335 arg "depth-increment"
8339 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8343 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8349 arg "depth-increment"
8356 \begin_layout Standard
8361 environment, nested inside of
8362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8370 So, it's at level #4.
8371 We did this by hitting
8374 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8380 arg "depth-increment"
8383 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8388 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8404 \begin_layout Standard
8409 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8412 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8418 \begin_layout Labeling
8419 \labelwidthstring MMM
8420 #4-a This is level #4.
8424 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8427 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8432 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8436 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8441 keep nesting things inside
8442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8453 \begin_layout Labeling
8454 \labelwidthstring MMM
8455 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8460 \begin_layout Labeling
8461 \labelwidthstring MMM
8462 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8463 and this is level #6.
8464 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8468 \begin_layout Labeling
8469 \labelwidthstring MMM
8470 #5-b Back to level #5.
8474 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8480 arg "depth-decrement"
8487 \begin_layout Labeling
8488 \labelwidthstring MMM
8492 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8498 arg "depth-decrement"
8501 , we're back at level #4.
8505 \begin_layout Labeling
8506 \labelwidthstring MMM
8507 #3-b Back to level #3.
8508 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8512 \begin_layout Labeling
8513 \labelwidthstring MMM
8514 #2-b Back to level #2.
8519 \begin_layout Labeling
8520 \labelwidthstring MMM
8521 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8522 After this sentence, we'll hit
8526 and change the paragraph environment back to
8533 \begin_layout Standard
8534 We could have also used the
8550 environment in place of the
8555 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8558 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8559 Example 2: Inheritance
8562 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8563 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8566 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8575 arg "depth-increment"
8578 , after which, we'll change to the
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8591 environment, at level #2.
8594 \begin_layout Enumerate
8595 Notice how the nested
8599 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8603 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8607 \begin_layout Standard
8608 We ended this example by hitting
8613 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8617 and reset the nesting depth by using
8620 arg "depth-decrement"
8626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8627 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8636 \begin_inset Argument
8639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8640 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8648 \begin_layout Enumerate
8649 This is level #1, in an
8653 paragraph environment.
8654 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8658 \begin_layout Enumerate
8663 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8669 arg "depth-increment"
8673 Now, what happens if we nest an
8677 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8678 label be? An asterisk?
8682 \begin_layout Itemize
8692 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8693 So, its label is a bullet.
8694 (We got here by using
8697 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8703 arg "depth-increment"
8706 , then changing the environment to
8714 \begin_layout Itemize
8715 Here's level #4, produced using
8718 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8724 arg "depth-increment"
8728 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8733 \begin_layout Enumerate
8734 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8736 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8741 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8745 , because we are in the
8754 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8773 \begin_layout Enumerate
8778 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8779 type of numbering does LyX use?
8782 \begin_layout Enumerate
8783 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8786 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8789 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8792 \begin_layout Enumerate
8796 arg "depth-decrement"
8799 to decrease the depth after the next
8802 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8809 \begin_layout Enumerate
8811 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8815 \begin_layout Enumerate
8817 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8818 numeral as the label.Why?
8821 \begin_layout Enumerate
8822 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8831 Notice, however, that LyX
8835 reset the counter for the label.
8839 \begin_layout Enumerate
8843 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8849 arg "depth-decrement"
8852 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8853 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8854 into the twofold-nested
8862 \begin_layout Enumerate
8863 The same thing happens if we do another
8866 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8872 arg "depth-decrement"
8875 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8878 \begin_layout Standard
8879 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8884 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8898 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8904 The same rule applies for the
8908 environment, as well.
8911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8912 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8915 \begin_layout Enumerate
8916 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8917 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8918 same detail with how we did it.
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8935 arg "depth-increment"
8942 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8943 example in parentheses someplace.
8944 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8945 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8946 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8950 \begin_layout Enumerate
8955 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8960 Now we'll add verse.
8961 \begin_inset Newline newline
8964 It will get much worse.
8965 \begin_inset Newline newline
8975 arg "depth-increment"
8986 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8987 \begin_inset Newline newline
8990 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8991 \begin_inset Newline newline
8997 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9010 \begin_layout Standard
9011 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9017 \begin_layout Standard
9019 \begin_inset Tabular
9020 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9021 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9112 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9122 arg "depth-increment"
9128 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9138 arg "depth-decrement"
9145 \begin_layout Enumerate
9150 : level #1) This is another item.
9151 Note that selecting a
9155 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9156 3 times to put the table inside the
9164 \begin_layout Quotation
9165 We're now ending the
9169 list and changing to
9174 We're still at level #1.
9175 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9176 The next set of paragraphs is a
9177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9200 for the letter body.
9204 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9207 to preserve the depth.
9208 Remember that you need to use
9211 arg "newline-insert newline"
9214 to create multiple lines inside the
9221 \begin_inset space ~
9231 \begin_layout Right Address
9233 \begin_inset Newline newline
9236 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9237 \begin_inset Newline newline
9243 \begin_layout Address
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9251 \begin_layout Quotation
9252 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9253 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9256 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9257 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9258 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9259 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9260 as soon as possible.
9261 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9264 \begin_layout Quotation
9265 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9266 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9267 with your order, along with payment.
9270 \begin_layout Quotation
9271 We thank you again for your patience.
9274 \begin_layout Address
9276 \begin_inset Newline newline
9283 \begin_layout Quotation
9284 That ends that example!
9287 \begin_layout Standard
9288 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9289 just a few keystrokes.
9290 We could have easily nested an
9311 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9314 \begin_layout Section
9315 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9316 \begin_inset Index idx
9319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9328 \begin_layout Standard
9329 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9330 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9331 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9332 be broken at the end of a line.
9333 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9337 \begin_layout Subsection
9339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9341 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9346 \begin_inset Index idx
9349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9358 \begin_layout Standard
9359 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9361 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9365 Further documentation is given in section
9366 \begin_inset Newline newline
9370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9372 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9380 \begin_layout Standard
9381 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9396 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9405 A protected space is set with
9407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9408 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9412 \begin_inset space ~
9422 arg "space-insert protected"
9428 \begin_layout Subsection
9430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9432 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9437 \begin_inset Index idx
9440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9441 Spacing ! Horizontal
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9450 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9453 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9457 The length units are listed in Appendix
9458 \begin_inset space ~
9462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9464 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9475 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9480 \begin_inset Index idx
9483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9492 \begin_layout Standard
9494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9498 \begin_inset space \space{}
9501 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9502 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9503 \begin_inset space ~
9507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9509 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9514 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9515 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9518 arg "space-insert normal"
9524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9528 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9533 \begin_inset Index idx
9536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9554 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9563 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9564 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9565 inside abbreviations:
9570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9574 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9577 \begin_layout Standard
9578 or between values and units.
9579 Compare for example this:
9580 \begin_inset Newline newline
9584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9588 \begin_inset Newline newline
9594 \begin_layout Standard
9595 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9597 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9598 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9608 arg "space-insert thin"
9614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9618 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9625 \begin_layout Standard
9626 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9629 \begin_layout Description
9631 \begin_inset space ~
9635 \begin_inset space ~
9639 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9643 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9647 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9650 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9653 \begin_layout Description
9655 \begin_inset space ~
9659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9663 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9667 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9671 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9678 em) space between the arrows.
9681 \begin_layout Description
9683 \begin_inset space ~
9687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9691 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9695 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9699 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9703 \begin_inset space ~
9707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9710 em) space between the arrows.
9713 \begin_layout Description
9715 \begin_inset space ~
9719 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9723 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9727 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9731 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9735 \begin_inset space ~
9739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9742 em) space between the arrows.
9745 \begin_layout Description
9747 \begin_inset space ~
9751 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9755 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9760 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9767 cm space between the arrows.
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9772 \begin_inset space ~
9776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9778 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9782 lists the different space sizes.
9785 \begin_layout Standard
9786 \begin_inset Float table
9791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9793 \begin_inset Caption
9795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9798 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9802 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9812 \begin_inset Tabular
9813 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9814 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9816 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9856 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9971 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10039 \begin_inset Index idx
10042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10051 \begin_layout Standard
10052 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10053 in a uniform fashion.
10054 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10055 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10056 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10057 equally between themselves.
10061 \begin_layout Standard
10062 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10065 \begin_layout Quote
10067 This is on the left side
10068 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10071 This is on the right
10074 \begin_layout Quote
10077 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10081 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10087 \begin_layout Quote
10090 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10094 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10098 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10104 \begin_layout Standard
10105 That was an example in the
10111 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10115 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10119 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10122 is one in a standard paragraph.
10123 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10127 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10130 \begin_layout Standard
10131 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10134 \begin_inset space ~
10139 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10144 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10154 \begin_layout Standard
10156 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10160 \begin_inset space ~
10166 \begin_layout Standard
10168 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10178 \begin_layout Standard
10180 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10184 \begin_inset space ~
10190 \begin_layout Standard
10192 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10196 \begin_inset space ~
10202 \begin_layout Standard
10204 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10208 \begin_inset space ~
10214 \begin_layout Standard
10215 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10223 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10227 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10228 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10229 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10233 option in the space dialog.
10241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10243 \begin_inset Index idx
10246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10262 \begin_inset space \space{}
10265 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10272 What is correct English?:
10273 \begin_inset Newline newline
10277 \begin_inset Newline newline
10281 \begin_inset space ~
10284 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10285 \begin_inset Newline newline
10289 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10300 \begin_inset Newline newline
10304 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10315 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10321 \begin_layout Standard
10322 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset space ~
10331 \begin_inset space ~
10335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10339 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10346 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10352 \begin_inset space ~
10356 \begin_inset space ~
10360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10363 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10372 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10373 That is why it is named
10374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10382 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10383 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10387 \begin_layout Subsection
10389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10391 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10396 \begin_inset Index idx
10399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10409 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10412 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10414 \begin_inset space ~
10420 There you find the following sizes:
10423 \begin_layout Standard
10436 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10441 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10447 \begin_inset Index idx
10450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10451 Document ! Settings
10456 for the paragraph separation.
10457 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10468 \begin_layout Standard
10474 \begin_inset Index idx
10477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10484 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10486 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10487 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10496 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10505 s are described in section
10506 \begin_inset space ~
10510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10512 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10521 If there are several
10525 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10526 You can therefore use
10530 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10533 \begin_layout Standard
10538 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10539 \begin_inset space ~
10543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10545 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10552 \begin_layout Standard
10553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10563 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10564 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10576 \begin_layout Subsection
10577 Paragraph Alignment
10580 \begin_layout Standard
10581 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10583 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10587 There are five possibilities:
10590 \begin_layout Itemize
10598 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10604 \begin_layout Itemize
10612 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10618 \begin_layout Itemize
10626 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10632 \begin_layout Itemize
10640 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10646 \begin_layout Itemize
10654 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10660 \begin_layout Standard
10661 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10662 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10663 the left and right margins.
10664 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10669 This paragraph is right aligned,
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10674 this one is centered,
10677 \begin_layout Standard
10679 this one is left aligned.
10682 \begin_layout Subsection
10684 \begin_inset Index idx
10687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10688 Page breaks ! Forced
10694 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10696 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10703 \begin_layout Standard
10704 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10705 can force a page break where you want one.
10706 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10707 Only if you use a lot of
10711 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10714 \begin_layout Standard
10715 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10716 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10720 have to change the page breaking.
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10724 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10726 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10729 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10737 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10740 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10742 \begin_inset space ~
10747 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10749 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10750 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10753 \begin_layout Standard
10754 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10755 at the top of a page.
10756 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10757 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10758 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10759 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10763 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10767 to learn more about
10774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10778 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10783 \begin_inset Index idx
10786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10787 Page breaks ! Clear
10795 \begin_layout Standard
10796 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10797 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10798 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10799 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10800 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10807 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10815 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10817 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10818 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10820 \begin_inset space ~
10824 \begin_inset space ~
10829 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10830 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10833 \begin_layout Subsection
10835 \begin_inset Index idx
10838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10847 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10854 \begin_layout Standard
10855 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10857 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10859 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10860 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10862 \begin_inset space ~
10866 \begin_inset space ~
10874 arg "newline-insert newline"
10878 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10881 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10883 \begin_inset space ~
10887 \begin_inset space ~
10892 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10894 This is necessary to avoid
10895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10902 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10905 \begin_layout Standard
10906 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10907 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10908 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10909 set a line break, e.
10910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10914 \begin_inset space \space{}
10917 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10918 \begin_inset space ~
10922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10924 reference "sec:Quote"
10929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10931 reference "sec:Verse"
10936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10938 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10945 \begin_layout Subsection
10947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10949 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10954 \begin_inset Index idx
10957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10966 \begin_layout Standard
10968 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10983 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10985 \begin_inset space ~
10990 you can insert horizontal lines.
10991 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10992 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10995 \begin_layout Standard
10997 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11008 \begin_layout Standard
11012 \begin_layout Section
11013 Characters and Symbols
11016 \begin_layout Standard
11017 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11018 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11023 \begin_inset space \space{}
11026 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11034 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11038 for information on how this is done.
11041 \begin_layout Standard
11042 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11047 dialog via the menu
11049 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11050 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11056 \begin_layout Standard
11057 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11065 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11066 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11067 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11075 \begin_layout Section
11076 Fonts and Text Styles
11077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11079 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11086 \begin_layout Subsection
11088 \begin_inset Index idx
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11100 \begin_layout Standard
11101 There are two types of fonts:
11104 \begin_layout Description
11106 \begin_inset space ~
11110 \begin_inset Index idx
11113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11119 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11124 characters) in the font.
11125 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11126 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11127 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11128 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11129 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11130 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11131 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11132 \begin_inset Newline newline
11135 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11136 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11137 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11138 sizes than at small ones.
11139 \begin_inset Newline newline
11153 \begin_inset space ~
11161 \begin_layout Description
11163 \begin_inset space ~
11167 \begin_inset Index idx
11170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11176 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11177 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11178 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11179 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11180 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11181 picture manipulation program.
11182 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11183 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11184 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11185 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11186 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11188 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11189 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11190 \begin_inset Newline newline
11193 Bitmap fonts are named
11196 \begin_inset space ~
11201 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11204 \begin_layout Standard
11205 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11206 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11207 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11208 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11209 use scalable fonts.
11212 \begin_layout Standard
11213 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11214 its document properties.
11217 \begin_layout Standard
11218 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11219 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11220 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11221 font to emphasize text, you use an
11222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11230 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11231 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11235 \begin_layout Subsection
11237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11239 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11246 \begin_layout Standard
11247 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11248 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11249 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11251 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11252 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11253 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11254 to usual word processors.
11255 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11256 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11257 across different machines.
11258 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11259 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11261 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11263 \begin_inset space ~
11267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11269 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11274 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11275 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11279 \begin_layout Standard
11280 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11281 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11282 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11283 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11284 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11285 that is installed on your system.
11286 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11289 \begin_layout Standard
11290 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11298 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11299 es; so you might have to experiment.
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11308 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11316 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11317 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11325 \begin_layout Subsection
11326 Document Font and Font size
11327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11329 name "sub:Document-Font"
11334 \begin_inset Index idx
11337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11344 \begin_inset Index idx
11347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11356 \begin_layout Standard
11357 You can set the document fonts in the
11359 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11363 \begin_inset Index idx
11366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11367 Document ! Settings
11377 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11378 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11381 \begin_inset space ~
11390 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11391 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11411 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11412 This requires that you use
11418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11457 as output format, i.
11458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11462 \begin_inset space ~
11465 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11466 \begin_inset space ~
11470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11472 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11477 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11479 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11481 \begin_inset space ~
11484 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11485 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11486 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11488 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11491 \begin_layout Standard
11492 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11497 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11502 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11503 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11525 European Computer Modern
11528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11535 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11547 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11548 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11553 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11556 \begin_inset space ~
11561 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11567 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11568 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11571 \begin_layout Itemize
11580 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11594 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11598 as the default font.
11599 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11600 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11613 One difference is improved kerning for the
11625 \begin_layout Itemize
11634 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11638 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11653 Virtual means that it
11654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11665 -glyphs from other fonts.
11666 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11688 Loading the LaTeX-package
11693 \begin_inset Index idx
11696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11697 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11702 with the document preamble line
11703 \begin_inset Newline newline
11710 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11711 \begin_inset Newline newline
11716 will fix the guillemet problem.
11721 and that accented characters are not
11725 glyph, but build of
11729 characters, the accent and the letter.
11730 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11736 If you search for example for the French word
11737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11744 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11753 and not for the glyph
11754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11768 \begin_layout Itemize
11769 If you do not like the look of
11777 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11782 \begin_inset space ~
11796 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11797 \begin_inset space ~
11800 serif and typewriter fonts
11804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11805 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11806 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11817 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11830 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11844 , but you can also select your own.
11845 \begin_inset Newline newline
11848 The differences between roman,
11851 \begin_inset space ~
11860 fonts are explained in section
11861 \begin_inset space ~
11865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11867 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11872 \begin_inset Newline newline
11879 was originally designed for newspapers.
11880 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11881 into the small newspaper columns.
11886 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11887 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11890 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11903 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11908 depends on the class you are using.
11909 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11912 \begin_layout Standard
11913 Note that the font size is the
11918 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11919 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11920 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11923 \begin_inset space ~
11929 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11930 \begin_inset space ~
11934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11936 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11943 \begin_layout Standard
11948 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11950 \begin_inset space ~
11953 serif or typewriter.
11958 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11968 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11971 \begin_layout Standard
11980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11989 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11995 \begin_inset space ~
11999 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12001 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12006 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12007 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12014 \begin_layout Standard
12015 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12017 Use Old Style Figures
12021 Use True Small Caps
12024 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12027 Use Old Style Figures
12029 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12035 \begin_inset space ~
12038 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12041 Use True Small Caps
12043 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12044 of scaled capitals.
12045 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12046 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12049 \begin_layout Standard
12054 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12055 a font to display the script characters.
12059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12060 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12065 So this has no effect for the document language
12081 \begin_layout Standard
12082 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12086 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12094 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12098 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12099 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12100 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12102 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12105 dialog, see section
12106 \begin_inset space ~
12110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12112 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12124 \begin_layout Subsection
12125 Using Different Character Styles
12126 \begin_inset Index idx
12129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12136 \begin_inset Index idx
12139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12148 \begin_layout Standard
12149 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12150 certain paragraph environments.
12151 LyX supports two character styles,
12160 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12164 \begin_layout Standard
12169 style, do one of the following:
12172 \begin_layout Itemize
12173 click on the toolbar button
12182 \begin_layout Itemize
12183 use the key binding
12192 \begin_layout Standard
12193 These commands are all toggles.
12198 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12201 \begin_layout Standard
12202 One typically uses the
12206 style for proper names.
12208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12215 is the original author of LyX.
12216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12222 \begin_layout Standard
12223 A more widely used character style is the
12228 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12235 \begin_layout Itemize
12236 clicking on the toolbar button
12245 \begin_layout Itemize
12246 using the keybindings
12255 \begin_layout Standard
12260 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12261 es use a different font.
12264 \begin_layout Standard
12265 We've been using the
12269 style all over the place in this document.
12270 Here's one more example:
12273 \begin_layout Quotation
12276 Don't overuse character styles!
12279 \begin_layout Standard
12280 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12281 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12282 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12283 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12287 \begin_layout Standard
12288 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12296 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12298 \begin_inset space ~
12306 \begin_layout Subsection
12307 Fine-Tuning with the
12312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12314 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12319 \begin_inset Index idx
12322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12331 \begin_layout Standard
12332 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12333 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12334 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12335 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12336 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12337 from ordinary dialog.
12340 \begin_layout Standard
12341 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12342 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12343 \begin_inset Newline newline
12346 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12347 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12350 \begin_layout Standard
12351 To use custom character styles, open the
12353 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12355 \begin_inset space ~
12359 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821857
12360 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12361 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12365 \change_deleted 5863208 1302821862
12369 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12370 font property which you can choose.
12371 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12374 \begin_inset space ~
12379 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12384 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12385 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12386 environments in a snap.
12389 \begin_layout Standard
12390 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12393 \begin_inset space ~
12405 \begin_layout Labeling
12406 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12420 The possible options are:
12424 \begin_layout Labeling
12425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12430 This is the Roman font family.
12431 Normally a serif font.
12432 It's also the default family.
12442 \begin_layout Labeling
12443 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12447 \begin_inset space ~
12454 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12466 \begin_layout Labeling
12467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12474 This is the Typewriter font family.
12480 arg "font-typewriter"
12489 \begin_layout Labeling
12490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12495 This corresponds to the print weight.
12500 \begin_layout Labeling
12501 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12506 This is the Medium font series.
12507 It's also the default series.
12510 \begin_layout Labeling
12511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12518 This is the Bold font series.
12531 \begin_layout Labeling
12532 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12537 As the name implies.
12542 \begin_layout Labeling
12543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12548 This is the Upright font shape.
12549 It's also the default shape.
12552 \begin_layout Labeling
12553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12567 s the Italic font shape
12573 \begin_layout Labeling
12574 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12581 This is the Slanted font shape
12583 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12586 \begin_layout Labeling
12587 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12591 \begin_inset space ~
12598 This is the Small caps font shape
12605 \begin_layout Labeling
12606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12611 Alters the size of the font.
12612 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12613 nal to the document font size.
12614 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12615 what you want to do.
12620 \begin_layout Labeling
12621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12642 arg "font-size tiny"
12648 \begin_layout Labeling
12649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12670 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12676 \begin_layout Labeling
12677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12698 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12704 \begin_layout Labeling
12705 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12726 arg "font-size small"
12732 \begin_layout Labeling
12733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12747 It's also the default size.
12751 arg "font-size normal"
12757 \begin_layout Labeling
12758 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12779 arg "font-size large"
12785 \begin_layout Labeling
12786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12807 arg "font-size larger"
12813 \begin_layout Labeling
12814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12835 arg "font-size largest"
12841 \begin_layout Labeling
12842 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 arg "font-size huge"
12869 \begin_layout Labeling
12870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12891 arg "font-size giant"
12895 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821897
12899 \begin_layout Labeling
12900 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12902 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12907 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12927 arg "font-size increase"
12933 \begin_layout Labeling
12934 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12936 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12941 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12961 arg "font-size decrease"
12970 \begin_layout Standard
12975 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12976 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12977 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12978 — use that instead.
12979 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12982 \begin_layout Labeling
12983 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12988 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12993 \begin_layout Labeling
12994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13001 This is text with emphasize on
13004 This might seem like the same as
13008 , but it is actually a bit different.
13014 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13016 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13019 \begin_layout Labeling
13020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13027 This is text with Underbar on.
13033 arg "font-underline"
13039 \begin_inset Newline newline
13044 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13045 when you couldn't change fonts.
13046 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13047 It's only included in LyX because some people
13051 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13052 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821962
13056 \begin_layout Labeling
13057 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13059 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13063 \begin_inset space ~
13070 This is text with Double underbar on.
13076 arg "font-underunderline"
13080 \begin_inset Newline newline
13083 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13084 about double underbar.
13087 \begin_layout Labeling
13088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13090 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13094 \begin_inset space ~
13101 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13107 arg "font-underwave"
13111 \begin_inset Newline newline
13114 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13115 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13118 \begin_layout Labeling
13119 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13121 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13128 This is text with Strikeout on.
13134 arg "font-strikeout"
13137 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13143 \begin_layout Labeling
13144 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13151 This is text with Noun on.
13158 , this is a logical attribute.
13159 Normally it's equivalent to
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13171 \begin_layout Labeling
13172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13177 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13178 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13182 \begin_inset space ~
13187 , which is the default
13188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13195 and means normally black, you can choose between
13228 \begin_inset Index idx
13231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13240 \begin_layout Labeling
13241 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13246 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13247 the language of the document.
13248 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13252 \begin_layout Standard
13253 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13254 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13256 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13258 \begin_inset space ~
13263 dialog, the settings are saved.
13264 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13267 arg "textstyle-apply"
13271 The button lets you
13272 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822001
13274 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822005
13276 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822014
13279 your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible.
13283 \begin_layout Standard
13284 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13291 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13292 (suppose you just set the shape to
13293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13311 \begin_inset space ~
13323 \begin_layout Standard
13324 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13332 \begin_inset space ~
13344 \begin_layout Itemize
13350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13357 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13375 \begin_inset Newline newline
13379 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13393 \begin_inset Note Note
13396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13397 For more on phantoms see section
13398 \begin_inset space ~
13402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13404 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13414 \begin_inset Newline newline
13420 \begin_layout Itemize
13425 fonts use characters with serifs.
13426 These are the small
13427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13435 The following example will show the difference:
13436 \begin_inset Newline newline
13440 \begin_inset Newline newline
13445 text without serifs
13448 \begin_inset Newline newline
13451 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13452 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13459 \begin_layout Itemize
13465 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13466 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13467 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822046
13471 \begin_layout Standard
13473 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822061
13474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13481 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13482 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13483 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13485 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13486 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13487 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13504 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13505 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13522 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13557 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13566 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13572 \begin_layout Standard
13573 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13574 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13577 \begin_layout Section
13578 Printing and Previewing
13581 \begin_layout Subsection
13585 \begin_layout Standard
13586 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13587 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13588 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13589 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13590 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13592 Additional Features
13597 \begin_layout Standard
13598 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13599 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13600 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13601 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13602 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13603 This happens in two stages:
13606 \begin_layout Enumerate
13607 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13608 generating a file with the extension,
13609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13623 \begin_layout Enumerate
13624 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13628 file to produce printable output.
13632 \begin_layout Subsection
13633 Output file formats
13634 \begin_inset Index idx
13637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13646 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13654 Simple text (ASCII)
13655 \begin_inset Index idx
13658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13659 File formats ! ASCII
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13668 This file type has the extension
13669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13681 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13685 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13692 \begin_layout Standard
13693 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13695 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13696 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13698 \begin_inset space ~
13705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13706 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13708 \begin_inset space ~
13712 \begin_inset space ~
13718 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13724 \begin_inset Index idx
13727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13728 File formats ! LaTeX
13736 \begin_layout Standard
13737 This file type has the extension
13738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13749 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13751 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13752 it manually with console commands.
13753 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13754 you view or export your document.
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13760 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13761 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13780 \begin_inset Index idx
13783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13793 This file type has the extension
13794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13814 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13815 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13816 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13822 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13823 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13824 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13826 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13829 \begin_layout Standard
13830 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13832 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13833 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13838 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13839 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13841 \begin_inset space ~
13848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13858 The latter option uses the program
13867 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13868 font access (see section
13869 \begin_inset space ~
13873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13875 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13880 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13886 \begin_inset Index idx
13889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13890 File formats ! PostScript
13898 \begin_layout Standard
13899 This file type has the extension
13900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13912 PostScript was developed by the company
13916 as a printer language.
13917 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13919 PostScript can be seen as a
13920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13923 programming language
13924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13927 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13932 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13938 \begin_inset Index idx
13941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13942 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13952 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13955 \begin_layout Standard
13956 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13960 Encapsulated PostScript
13961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13964 (EPS, file extension
13965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13977 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13978 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13980 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13983 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13987 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13988 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13989 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13990 EPS to avoid this problem.
13993 \begin_layout Standard
13994 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13996 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13997 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14005 \begin_inset Index idx
14008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14015 \begin_inset Index idx
14018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14027 \begin_layout Standard
14028 This file type has the extension
14029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14045 Portable Document Format
14046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14053 was derived from PostScript.
14054 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14063 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14064 looks exactly the same.
14067 \begin_layout Standard
14068 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14072 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14076 (JPG, file extension
14077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14104 Portable Network Graphics
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14108 (PNG, file extension
14109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14121 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14122 in the background to one of these formats.
14123 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14124 will slow down your workflow.
14125 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14128 \begin_layout Standard
14129 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14131 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14134 in three different ways:
14137 \begin_layout Description
14138 PDF This uses the program
14142 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14143 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14147 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14148 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14151 \begin_layout Description
14153 \begin_inset space ~
14156 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14160 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14164 \begin_layout Description
14166 \begin_inset space ~
14169 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14173 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14176 \begin_layout Description
14178 \begin_inset space ~
14185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14192 X) This uses the program
14196 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14201 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14202 font access (see section
14203 \begin_inset space ~
14207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14209 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14214 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14217 \begin_layout Description
14219 \begin_inset space ~
14226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14233 X) This uses the program
14237 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14242 is an even newer engine, derived from
14246 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14247 access (see section
14248 \begin_inset space ~
14252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14254 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14259 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14263 \begin_layout Standard
14264 We recommend to use
14267 \begin_inset space ~
14276 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14277 works without problems.
14278 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14279 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14283 \begin_inset space ~
14290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14302 \begin_inset space ~
14309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14318 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14328 \begin_inset Index idx
14331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14332 FileFormats ! XHTML
14338 \begin_inset Index idx
14341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14350 \begin_layout Standard
14351 This file type has the extension
14352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14364 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14365 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14366 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14367 suitable for the purpose.
14368 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14369 it, but not all do.
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 XHTML output remains
14374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14381 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14386 LyX and the World Wide Web
14387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14392 Additional Features
14394 manual, for more information.
14397 \begin_layout Standard
14398 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14400 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14401 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14407 \begin_layout Subsection
14409 \begin_inset Index idx
14412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14421 \begin_layout Standard
14422 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14423 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14429 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
14431 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
14436 or the toolbar button
14445 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
14446 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
14447 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
14449 \begin_inset space ~
14453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14455 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14459 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14461 \begin_inset space ~
14465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14467 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14475 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
14477 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
14478 Further output formats can be selected via
14479 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
14484 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14486 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
14488 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
14494 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
14495 you can use the toolbar button
14496 \begin_inset Graphics
14497 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14499 groupId toolbarbuttons
14506 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14511 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14513 \begin_inset space ~
14519 \begin_inset Graphics
14520 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14522 groupId toolbarbuttons
14528 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14532 \begin_inset Graphics
14533 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14535 groupId toolbarbuttons
14542 arg "buffer-view ps"
14546 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
14547 or the toolbar button
14548 \begin_inset Graphics
14549 filename ../images/view-others.png
14551 groupId toolbarbuttons
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14561 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14562 viewer window using the menu
14564 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14566 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
14571 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14572 Update (Other Formats)
14579 \begin_layout Standard
14580 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14582 To have a real output, export your document.
14585 \begin_layout Subsection
14586 Printing the File from within LyX
14587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14589 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14596 \begin_layout Standard
14597 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14598 it directly from within LyX.
14599 To print a file, select the menu
14601 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14604 or click on the toolbar button
14607 arg "dialog-show print"
14611 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14612 This file is then processed by the program
14616 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14621 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14624 \begin_layout Standard
14625 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14626 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14627 printing one set to print on the other side.
14628 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14629 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14630 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14633 \begin_layout Standard
14634 You can set the parameters in the
14637 \begin_inset space ~
14645 \begin_layout Labeling
14646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14651 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 Note that this printer name is for the program
14665 has to be configured for this printer name.
14666 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14667 \begin_inset space ~
14671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14673 reference "sub:Printer"
14682 The printer should understand PostScript.
14685 \begin_layout Labeling
14686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14691 The name of a file to print to.
14692 The output will be a PostScript file.
14693 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14697 \begin_layout Section
14698 A few Words about Typography
14699 \begin_inset Index idx
14702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14711 \begin_layout Subsection
14713 \begin_inset Index idx
14716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14725 \begin_layout Standard
14727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14738 character comes in four lengths: the
14750 , and the minus sign:
14751 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 \begin_inset Tabular
14759 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14760 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14761 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14762 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14763 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14764 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14793 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14833 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14860 \begin_inset space ~
14863 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14870 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14897 \begin_inset space ~
14900 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14921 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14955 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14962 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14974 character multiple times in a row.
14975 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14976 the final output, but not in LyX.
14978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14982 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15008 \begin_layout Standard
15009 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15010 math mode and has a length of its own.
15011 Here are some examples of the
15012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15026 \begin_layout Enumerate
15027 line- and page-breaks
15028 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15038 \begin_layout Enumerate
15040 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15050 \begin_layout Enumerate
15051 Oh — there's a dash.
15052 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15062 \begin_layout Enumerate
15063 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15077 \begin_layout Subsection
15079 \begin_inset Index idx
15082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15091 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15099 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15100 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15105 \begin_inset Index idx
15108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15109 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15114 following the rules of the document language
15118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15119 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15127 \begin_inset space ~
15131 \begin_inset space ~
15138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15149 \begin_layout Standard
15150 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15155 font and with unusual constructs, like
15156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15164 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15165 This is done with the menu
15167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15168 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15170 \begin_inset space ~
15176 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15177 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15180 \begin_layout Standard
15181 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15182 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15192 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15200 as a hyphenation possibility.
15201 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15202 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15203 as described in section
15204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15207 Prevent Hyphenation
15208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15218 \begin_layout Subsection
15220 \begin_inset Index idx
15223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15232 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15233 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15236 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15243 \begin_layout Standard
15244 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15245 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15246 LaTeX then adds the
15247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15250 appropriate amount of space
15251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15255 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15257 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15261 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15262 not work in all cases.
15264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15275 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15276 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15279 \begin_layout Standard
15280 Here are some examples of
15284 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15287 \begin_layout Itemize
15292 \begin_layout Itemize
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15298 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15301 \begin_layout Itemize
15303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15307 this is too much space!
15310 \begin_layout Itemize
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15316 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15319 \begin_layout Standard
15320 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15323 \begin_layout Enumerate
15327 \begin_inset space ~
15332 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15333 \begin_inset space ~
15337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15339 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15344 \begin_inset Index idx
15347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15348 Spaces ! inter-word
15356 \begin_layout Enumerate
15360 \begin_inset space ~
15365 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15366 \begin_inset space ~
15370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15372 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15377 \begin_inset Index idx
15380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15389 \begin_layout Enumerate
15393 \begin_inset space ~
15397 \begin_inset space ~
15401 \begin_inset space ~
15408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15410 \begin_inset space ~
15415 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15416 This function is also bound to
15419 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15425 \begin_layout Standard
15426 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15429 \begin_layout Itemize
15431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15435 \begin_inset space \space{}
15438 this is too much space!
15441 \begin_layout Itemize
15442 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15446 \begin_layout Standard
15447 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15448 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15449 will take care of this.
15452 \begin_layout Standard
15453 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15457 \begin_inset space ~
15462 feature described in section
15468 Additional Features
15473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15475 \begin_inset Index idx
15478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15479 Typography ! Quotes
15485 \begin_inset Index idx
15488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15519 \begin_layout Standard
15520 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15521 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15522 and use a closing quote at the end.
15524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15532 The keyboard character,
15536 , generates this automatically.
15539 \begin_layout Standard
15540 You can change the behavior of the
15544 key using the submenu
15550 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15554 \begin_inset Index idx
15557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15558 Document ! Settings
15566 \begin_layout Standard
15567 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15572 There are six choices:
15575 \begin_layout Labeling
15576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15588 Use quotes like this
15589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15597 \begin_inset Quotes els
15601 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15607 \begin_layout Labeling
15608 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15611 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15615 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15621 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15625 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15629 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15635 \begin_layout Labeling
15636 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15639 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15643 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15649 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15653 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15657 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15661 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15667 \begin_layout Labeling
15668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15671 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15675 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15681 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15685 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15689 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15693 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15699 \begin_layout Labeling
15700 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15703 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15707 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15713 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15717 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15721 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15725 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15731 \begin_layout Labeling
15732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15735 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15739 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15745 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15749 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15753 \begin_inset Quotes als
15757 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15763 \begin_layout Standard
15764 These settings affect what character the
15771 \begin_layout Subsection
15773 \begin_inset Index idx
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15777 Typography ! Ligatures
15783 \begin_inset Index idx
15786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15817 name "sub:Ligatures"
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15826 print them as single characters.
15827 These groups are known as
15832 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15834 Here are the standard ligatures:
15837 \begin_layout Itemize
15841 \begin_layout Itemize
15845 \begin_layout Itemize
15849 \begin_layout Itemize
15853 \begin_layout Itemize
15857 \begin_layout Standard
15858 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15861 \begin_layout Standard
15862 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15863 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15871 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15887 To break a ligature, use
15889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15890 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15892 \begin_inset space ~
15899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15910 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15927 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15935 \begin_layout Subsection
15937 \begin_inset Index idx
15940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15949 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15956 \begin_layout Standard
15957 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15958 characters in different sizes and heights.
15959 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15960 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15980 \begin_inset Note Note
15983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15984 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15992 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15993 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15998 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16002 \begin_layout Description
16003 LyX The name of the game, write
16004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16025 \begin_layout Description
16026 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16048 \begin_layout Description
16049 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16071 \begin_layout Description
16072 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16095 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16100 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16108 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16109 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16110 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16113 : The actual version is
16114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16121 , the previous one was
16122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16133 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16138 \begin_inset space \space{}
16141 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16143 This will look in LyX like:
16144 \begin_inset Graphics
16145 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16151 \begin_inset Newline newline
16154 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16155 \begin_inset space ~
16159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16161 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16168 \begin_layout Subsection
16170 \begin_inset Index idx
16173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16182 \begin_layout Standard
16183 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16184 space between two words.
16185 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16195 for units use the menu
16197 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16198 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16200 \begin_inset space ~
16208 arg "space-insert thin"
16214 \begin_layout Standard
16215 Here's an example to show the differences:
16218 \begin_layout Standard
16219 \begin_inset Tabular
16220 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16221 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16222 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16223 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16230 \begin_inset space ~
16234 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16246 space between number and unit
16253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16262 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 half space between number and unit
16287 \begin_layout Subsection
16289 \begin_inset Index idx
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16293 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16302 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16304 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16305 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16306 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16307 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16308 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16309 These bits of text became known as
16320 \begin_layout Standard
16321 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16322 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16323 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16324 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16325 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16326 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16327 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16330 \begin_layout Standard
16331 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16332 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16333 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16334 \begin_inset space ~
16338 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16340 key "latexcompanion"
16345 \begin_inset space ~
16349 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16355 ] may have more information.
16356 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16359 \begin_layout Chapter
16360 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16363 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16370 \begin_layout Standard
16371 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16376 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16379 \begin_layout Section
16381 \begin_inset Index idx
16384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16401 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16404 \begin_layout Description
16406 \begin_inset space ~
16409 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16410 \begin_inset Newline newline
16414 \begin_inset Note Note
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16426 \begin_layout Description
16427 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16428 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16430 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16431 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16432 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16435 \begin_inset Newline newline
16439 \begin_inset Note Comment
16442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16443 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16451 \begin_layout Description
16453 \begin_inset space ~
16456 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16457 \begin_inset Newline newline
16461 \begin_inset Newline newline
16465 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16474 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16475 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16476 How this can be done is explained in the
16485 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16491 \begin_inset Newline newline
16495 \begin_inset Newline newline
16498 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16499 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16502 \begin_layout Standard
16503 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16515 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16518 \begin_layout Section
16520 \begin_inset Index idx
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16532 name "sec:Footnotes"
16539 \begin_layout Standard
16540 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16543 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16546 or the toolbar button
16549 arg "footnote-insert"
16561 \begin_inset Graphics
16562 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16571 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16600 label, the box will
16604 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16605 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16618 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16634 \begin_layout Standard
16635 Here's an example footnote:
16643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16644 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16652 \begin_layout Standard
16653 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16654 position where the footnote box is placed.
16655 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16656 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16657 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16658 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16659 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16664 ey are described in the
16671 \begin_layout Section
16673 \begin_inset Index idx
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16685 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16692 \begin_layout Standard
16693 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16694 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16698 \begin_inset space ~
16703 or the toolbar button
16706 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16732 appearing within your text.
16733 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16742 \begin_layout Standard
16743 At the side is an example marginal note.
16747 \begin_inset Marginal
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16751 This is a marginal note.
16759 \begin_layout Standard
16760 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16761 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16762 pages, right on odd pages.
16765 \begin_layout Section
16766 Graphics and Images
16767 \begin_inset Index idx
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16777 \begin_inset Index idx
16780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16789 name "sec:Graphics"
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16797 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16798 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16801 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16810 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16813 \begin_layout Standard
16814 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16819 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16820 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16822 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16823 \begin_inset space ~
16827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16829 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16836 \begin_layout Standard
16841 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16842 of the image in the output.
16843 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16847 \begin_inset space ~
16851 \begin_inset space ~
16860 \begin_inset space ~
16864 \begin_inset space ~
16868 \begin_inset space ~
16873 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16874 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16882 \begin_layout Standard
16885 LaTeX and LyX options
16887 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16888 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16892 \begin_inset space ~
16897 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16898 with the image size is printed.
16902 \begin_inset space ~
16906 \begin_inset space ~
16910 \begin_inset space ~
16915 is explained in the
16926 \begin_layout Standard
16927 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16928 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16930 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16934 \begin_layout Standard
16936 \begin_inset Graphics
16937 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16945 \begin_layout Standard
16946 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16947 the image into a float, see section
16948 \begin_inset space ~
16952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16954 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16961 \begin_layout Subsection
16963 \begin_inset Index idx
16966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16975 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16982 \begin_layout Standard
16983 You can insert images in any known file format.
16984 But as we explained in section
16985 \begin_inset space ~
16989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16991 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16995 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16996 LyX uses therefore the program
17000 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17001 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17002 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17003 \begin_inset space ~
17007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17009 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17016 \begin_layout Standard
17017 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17020 \begin_layout Description
17022 \begin_inset space ~
17025 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17026 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17027 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17031 Graphics Interchange Format
17032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17035 (GIF, file extension
17036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17048 \begin_inset Index idx
17051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17083 Portable Network Graphics
17084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17087 (PNG, file extension
17088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17100 \begin_inset Index idx
17103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17135 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17139 (JPG, file extension
17140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17164 \begin_inset Index idx
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17198 \begin_layout Description
17200 \begin_inset space ~
17203 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17205 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17206 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17207 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17208 \begin_inset Newline newline
17211 Scalable image formats can be
17212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17215 Scalable Vector Graphics
17216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17219 (SVG, file extension
17220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17232 \begin_inset Index idx
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17267 Encapsulated PostScript
17268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17271 (EPS, file extension
17272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17284 \begin_inset Index idx
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17319 Portable Document Format
17320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17323 (PDF, file extension
17324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17336 \begin_inset Index idx
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17347 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17348 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17362 \begin_layout Standard
17363 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17367 \begin_layout Subsection
17368 Grouping of Image Settings
17369 \begin_inset Index idx
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17373 Images ! Settings grouping
17381 \begin_layout Standard
17382 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17384 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17385 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17387 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17388 need to manually change each of them.
17392 \begin_layout Standard
17393 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17396 \begin_inset space ~
17401 field in the Graphics dialog.
17402 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17403 by checking the name of the desired group.
17406 \begin_layout Section
17408 \begin_inset Index idx
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17427 \begin_layout Standard
17428 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17431 arg "tabular-insert"
17436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17440 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17441 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17442 from the rest of the table.
17443 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17444 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17446 Here's an example table:
17449 \begin_layout Standard
17451 \begin_inset Tabular
17452 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17453 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17457 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 \begin_layout Subsection
17661 \begin_layout Standard
17662 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17663 brings up the table dialog.
17664 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17665 where the cursor is placed currently.
17666 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17667 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17668 done on all of your selection.
17671 \begin_layout Standard
17672 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17675 \begin_inset space ~
17680 helps you in setting table properties.
17681 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17684 \begin_layout Standard
17688 \begin_inset space ~
17693 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17694 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17695 current cell respectively.
17696 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17698 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17699 of text, see section
17700 \begin_inset space ~
17704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17706 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17713 \begin_layout Standard
17714 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17715 using the check box
17724 This will merge the cells to
17728 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17729 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17730 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17731 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17732 in the last row without the upper border:
17735 \begin_layout Standard
17737 \begin_inset Tabular
17738 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17739 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17740 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17741 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17874 \begin_layout Standard
17875 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17876 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17877 explained in the tables section of the
17880 \begin_inset space ~
17886 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17890 degrees counterclockwise.
17891 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17894 \begin_layout Standard
17895 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 Most DVI-viewers are
17907 able to display rotations.
17915 \begin_layout Standard
17920 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17925 adds lines for all cell borders.
17928 \begin_layout Subsection
17930 \begin_inset Index idx
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 Tables ! Longtables
17940 \begin_inset Index idx
17943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17953 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17956 \begin_inset space ~
17960 \begin_inset space ~
17969 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17970 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17973 \begin_layout Description
17978 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17979 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17980 except for the first page, if
17983 \begin_inset space ~
17991 \begin_layout Description
17995 \begin_inset space ~
18000 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18001 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18004 \begin_layout Description
18009 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18010 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18011 except for the last page, if
18014 \begin_inset space ~
18022 \begin_layout Description
18026 \begin_inset space ~
18031 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18032 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18035 \begin_layout Description
18036 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18037 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18039 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18043 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18046 \begin_inset space ~
18054 \begin_layout Standard
18055 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18056 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18057 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18058 The others will then be defined as
18063 In this context, first means first in this order:
18066 \begin_inset space ~
18078 \begin_inset space ~
18084 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18087 \begin_layout Standard
18089 \begin_inset Tabular
18090 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18091 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18092 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18093 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18094 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18095 <row endfirsthead="true">
18096 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18107 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18126 <row endfirsthead="true">
18127 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18159 <row endhead="true">
18160 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <row endhead="true">
18191 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <row endfoot="true">
18224 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19216 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19225 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19276 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19307 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19369 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19586 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19617 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19648 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19679 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19834 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19927 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19958 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19989 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20020 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 <row endlastfoot="true">
20206 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20217 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 \begin_layout Subsection
20245 \begin_inset Index idx
20248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20257 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20264 \begin_layout Standard
20265 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20266 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20267 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20268 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20272 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20273 for the cell's paragraph.
20276 \begin_layout Standard
20277 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20278 for the column in the table dialog.
20279 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20280 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20284 \begin_layout Standard
20286 \begin_inset Tabular
20287 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20288 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20290 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20311 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20436 This is longer now.
20441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20492 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20493 This is longer now.
20498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20524 \begin_layout Standard
20525 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20526 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20532 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20538 Selection with the mouse or with
20542 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20543 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20544 the selection from outside the table.
20547 \begin_layout Section
20549 \begin_inset Index idx
20552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20568 \begin_layout Standard
20569 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20570 have a fixed location.
20572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20579 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20587 \begin_inset space ~
20592 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20593 too many notes on the page.
20596 \begin_layout Standard
20597 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20598 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20599 and pages without text.
20600 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20601 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20602 Floats are therefore numbered.
20603 Referencing is described in section
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20610 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20617 \begin_layout Standard
20618 To insert a float, use the menu
20620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20624 A box with a caption that has e.
20625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20629 \begin_inset space \space{}
20633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20644 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20645 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20647 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20648 \begin_inset Index idx
20651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20657 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20658 paragraph within the float.
20659 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20660 by left-clicking on the box label.
20661 A closed float box looks like this:
20662 \begin_inset Graphics
20663 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20668 – a gray button with a red label.
20671 \begin_layout Standard
20672 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20673 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20676 \begin_layout Subsection
20680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20682 \begin_inset Index idx
20685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20686 Floats ! Figure floats
20692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20694 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20701 \begin_layout Standard
20704 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20705 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20708 inserts a float with the label
20709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20715 \begin_inset space ~
20721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20725 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20726 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20727 This is what we did for Figure
20728 \begin_inset space ~
20732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20734 reference "cap:Platypus"
20739 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20740 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20741 This was done in Figure
20742 \begin_inset space ~
20746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20748 reference "cap:Escher"
20755 \begin_layout Standard
20756 \begin_inset Float figure
20761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20763 \begin_inset Graphics
20764 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20773 \begin_inset Caption
20775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20778 name "cap:Platypus"
20782 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20795 \begin_layout Standard
20796 \begin_inset Float figure
20801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 \begin_inset Caption
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20822 \begin_inset Graphics
20823 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20836 \begin_layout Standard
20837 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20839 As described in section
20840 \begin_inset space ~
20844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20846 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20850 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20855 and refer to it using the menu
20857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20861 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20870 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20882 \begin_layout Standard
20883 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20884 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20885 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20886 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20888 \begin_inset space ~
20892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20894 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20898 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20899 You can also set the images one below the other.
20901 \begin_inset space ~
20905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20907 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20914 reference "fig:Platypus"
20918 are the subfigures.
20921 \begin_layout Standard
20922 \begin_inset Float figure
20927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20928 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20932 \begin_inset Float figure
20937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20938 \begin_inset Caption
20940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20943 name "fig:Undefinable"
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20956 \begin_inset Graphics
20957 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20972 \begin_inset Float figure
20977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20978 \begin_inset Caption
20980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20983 name "fig:Platypus"
20995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20996 \begin_inset Graphics
20997 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21009 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 \begin_inset Caption
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21021 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21025 Two distorted images.
21038 \begin_layout Standard
21039 Note that the caption is added to the
21042 \begin_inset space ~
21046 \begin_inset space ~
21051 as described in section
21052 \begin_inset space ~
21056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21058 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21065 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21067 \begin_inset Index idx
21070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21071 Floats ! Table floats
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21080 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21083 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21087 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21090 \begin_inset space ~
21094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21096 reference "cap:Table-float"
21100 is an example of a table float.
21103 \begin_layout Standard
21104 \begin_inset Float table
21109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21110 \begin_inset Caption
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21115 name "cap:Table-float"
21127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21129 \begin_inset Tabular
21130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21131 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21261 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21282 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21285 \end{array}\right]$
21293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21306 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21327 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21329 \begin_inset Index idx
21332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21333 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21341 \begin_layout Standard
21342 This float type is inserted with the menu
21344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21345 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21349 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21350 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21354 , described in section
21355 \begin_inset space ~
21359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21361 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21368 \begin_layout Standard
21369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21377 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21383 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21386 \begin_layout Standard
21391 floatname{algorithm}{your
21392 \begin_inset space ~
21398 \begin_layout Standard
21399 to the document preamble (menu
21401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21408 \begin_inset space ~
21414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21430 \begin_inset Index idx
21433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21434 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21442 \begin_layout Standard
21443 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 \begin_inset Graphics
21452 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21461 \begin_inset Caption
21463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21466 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21470 This is a wrapped figure.
21471 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21484 This float type is used if you want to
21485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21492 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21494 It can be inserted using the menu
21496 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21497 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21499 \begin_inset space ~
21504 if the LaTeX-package
21509 \begin_inset Index idx
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21513 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21526 \begin_inset space ~
21536 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21539 \begin_inset space ~
21543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21545 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21549 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21550 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21558 Available units are explained in Appendix
21559 \begin_inset space ~
21563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21565 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21574 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21578 \begin_layout Standard
21579 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21587 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21592 \begin_inset space \space{}
21595 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21596 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21605 \begin_layout Itemize
21606 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21607 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21608 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21609 page breaks will appear.
21612 \begin_layout Itemize
21613 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21614 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21617 \begin_layout Itemize
21618 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21619 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21622 \begin_layout Itemize
21623 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21626 \begin_layout Subsection
21628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21630 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21635 \begin_inset Index idx
21638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21647 \begin_layout Standard
21648 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21649 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21653 \begin_inset space ~
21661 \begin_layout Standard
21662 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21663 have a multicolumn document).
21664 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21667 \begin_inset space ~
21673 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21674 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21681 \begin_layout Standard
21682 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21683 format is also the same: Table
21684 \begin_inset space ~
21688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21690 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21694 is an example of a rotated table float.
21697 \begin_layout Standard
21698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21706 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21714 \begin_layout Standard
21715 \begin_inset Float table
21720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21721 \begin_inset Caption
21723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21726 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21740 \begin_inset Tabular
21741 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21742 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21807 \begin_layout Subsection
21809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21811 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21816 \begin_inset Index idx
21819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21828 \begin_layout Standard
21829 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21830 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21831 \begin_inset Newline newline
21837 \begin_inset space ~
21842 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21843 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21844 \begin_inset Newline newline
21850 \begin_inset space ~
21855 is used to rotate floats, see section
21856 \begin_inset space ~
21860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21862 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21869 \begin_layout Standard
21870 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21871 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21874 \begin_inset space ~
21878 \begin_inset space ~
21886 \begin_layout Description
21888 \begin_inset space ~
21892 \begin_inset space ~
21895 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21898 \begin_layout Description
21900 \begin_inset space ~
21904 \begin_inset space ~
21907 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21910 \begin_layout Description
21912 \begin_inset space ~
21916 \begin_inset space ~
21919 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21922 \begin_layout Description
21924 \begin_inset space ~
21928 \begin_inset space ~
21931 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21934 \begin_layout Standard
21935 The order of the above option is
21940 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21944 \begin_inset space ~
21948 \begin_inset space ~
21956 \begin_inset space ~
21960 \begin_inset space ~
21965 , and then the others.
21966 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21968 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21969 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21972 \begin_layout Standard
21973 By default, each option has its own rules:
21976 \begin_layout Standard
21980 \begin_inset space ~
21984 \begin_inset space ~
21989 only floats occupying less than 70
21990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21993 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21996 \begin_layout Standard
22000 \begin_inset space ~
22004 \begin_inset space ~
22009 : only floats occupying less than 30
22010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22013 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22016 \begin_layout Standard
22020 \begin_inset space ~
22024 \begin_inset space ~
22029 : only if more than 50
22030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22033 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22037 \begin_layout Standard
22038 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22042 \begin_inset space ~
22046 \begin_inset space ~
22054 \begin_layout Standard
22055 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22056 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22057 For this case you can use the option
22060 \begin_inset space ~
22066 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22068 Because the float is then no longer able to
22069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22076 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22079 \begin_layout Standard
22080 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22081 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22084 \begin_layout Standard
22085 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22087 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22089 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22096 \begin_layout Section
22098 \begin_inset Index idx
22101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22110 name "sec:Minipages"
22117 \begin_layout Standard
22118 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22120 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22121 \begin_inset space ~
22128 \begin_layout Standard
22129 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22131 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22135 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22136 and its alignment within the page.
22139 \begin_layout Standard
22141 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22151 height_special "totalheight"
22154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22157 This is a minipage.
22158 The text is set in an italic style.
22161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22164 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22165 another formatting.
22173 \begin_layout Standard
22174 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22177 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22181 as described in section
22182 \begin_inset space ~
22186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22188 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22193 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22199 \begin_layout Standard
22200 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22210 height_special "totalheight"
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22215 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22221 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22225 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22235 height_special "totalheight"
22238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22239 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22240 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22248 \begin_layout Standard
22249 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22255 \begin_layout Standard
22256 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22257 to other box types.
22258 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22269 \begin_layout Chapter
22270 Mathematical Formulas
22271 \begin_inset Index idx
22274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22281 \begin_inset Index idx
22284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22315 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22322 \begin_layout Standard
22323 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22328 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22331 \begin_layout Section
22333 \begin_inset Index idx
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 \begin_layout Standard
22346 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22353 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22355 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22356 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22357 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22365 \begin_layout Standard
22366 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22370 \begin_inset space ~
22375 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22378 \begin_layout Standard
22379 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22380 line, like this one:
22383 \begin_layout Standard
22384 This is a line with an inline formula
22385 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22391 \begin_layout Standard
22392 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22394 \begin_inset Formula
22401 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22404 \begin_layout Standard
22405 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22411 \begin_inset space \space{}
22415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22428 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22429 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22433 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22436 \begin_inset space ~
22444 \begin_layout Subsection
22445 Navigating in Formulas
22446 \begin_inset Index idx
22449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22458 \begin_layout Standard
22459 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22460 achieved with the arrow keys.
22461 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22462 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22467 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22468 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22472 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22476 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22479 \end{array}\right]$
22487 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22492 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22493 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22496 \begin_layout Standard
22501 , printed in this document as
22502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22523 \begin_inset Note Note
22526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22527 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22528 space character (visible space).
22533 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22534 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22535 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22540 For example, if you want
22541 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22595 , since in the latter case only the
22598 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22603 will be under the square root sign:
22604 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22610 \begin_layout Standard
22611 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22613 \begin_inset Formula
22615 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22624 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22625 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22628 \begin_layout Subsection
22632 \begin_layout Standard
22633 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22634 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22638 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22639 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22640 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22641 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22642 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22645 \begin_layout Subsection
22646 Exponents and Subscripts
22647 \begin_inset Index idx
22650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22657 \begin_inset Index idx
22660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22671 way is to use a command.
22673 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22676 , type in a formula
22682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22698 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22704 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22708 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22738 , you have to use an extra
22742 to separate the hat and the character.
22744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22748 \begin_inset space \space{}
22752 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22773 Subscripts are similar: To get
22774 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22797 \begin_layout Subsection
22799 \begin_inset Index idx
22802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22811 \begin_layout Standard
22812 Create a fraction with either the command
22819 \begin_inset Graphics
22820 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22828 \begin_inset space ~
22834 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22835 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22836 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22841 To move back up, press
22846 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22847 \begin_inset Formula
22849 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22852 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22860 \begin_layout Subsection
22862 \begin_inset Index idx
22865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22874 \begin_layout Standard
22875 Roots can be created using the
22878 \begin_inset space ~
22884 \begin_inset Graphics
22885 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22887 groupId toolbarbuttons
22910 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22916 produces always a square root.
22919 \begin_layout Subsection
22920 Operators with Limits
22921 \begin_inset Index idx
22924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22931 \begin_inset Index idx
22934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22943 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22950 \begin_layout Standard
22952 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22956 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22959 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22960 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22961 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22962 The sum operator will automatically place its
22963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22970 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22973 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22977 \begin_inset Formula
22979 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22984 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22988 \begin_layout Standard
22989 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22991 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22992 behind the operator and hitting
23000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23001 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23003 \begin_inset space ~
23007 \begin_inset space ~
23015 \begin_layout Standard
23016 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23024 feature as addition, such as
23025 \begin_inset Index idx
23028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23035 \begin_inset Formula
23037 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23042 which will place the
23043 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23055 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23056 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23062 \begin_layout Standard
23063 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23070 Have a look at section
23071 \begin_inset space ~
23075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23077 reference "sub:Functions"
23081 for an explanation of function macros.
23084 \begin_layout Subsection
23086 \begin_inset Index idx
23089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23098 \begin_layout Standard
23099 Most math symbols can be found in the
23102 \begin_inset space ~
23107 under one of several categories; including
23124 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23128 \begin_layout Standard
23129 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23130 you don't have to use the
23133 \begin_inset space ~
23138 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23139 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23142 \begin_layout Subsection
23144 \begin_inset Index idx
23147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23157 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23162 arg "space-insert protected"
23168 \begin_inset space ~
23174 \begin_inset Graphics
23175 filename ../images/math/space.png
23177 groupId toolbarbuttons
23182 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23183 For example, the sequence
23188 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23192 \begin_inset Graphics
23193 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23198 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23199 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23200 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23201 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23203 Here are two examples:
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23216 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23222 \begin_layout Standard
23232 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23238 \begin_layout Subsection
23240 \begin_inset Index idx
23243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23252 name "sub:Functions"
23259 \begin_layout Standard
23263 \begin_inset space ~
23268 contains under the button
23269 \begin_inset Graphics
23270 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23272 groupId toolbarbuttons
23276 a number of function macros, such as
23277 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23281 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23289 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23296 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23297 avoid confusions, because
23298 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23302 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23308 \begin_layout Standard
23309 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23311 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23315 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23321 \begin_layout Standard
23322 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23323 s are placed, as described in section
23324 \begin_inset space ~
23328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23330 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23337 \begin_layout Subsection
23339 \begin_inset Index idx
23342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23351 \begin_layout Standard
23352 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23354 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23355 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23356 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23360 \begin_inset space \space{}
23364 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23367 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23368 Our example is entered by typing
23376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset space ~
23393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23395 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23399 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23402 \begin_layout Standard
23403 \begin_inset Float table
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 \begin_inset Caption
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23414 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23418 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23428 \begin_inset Tabular
23429 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23430 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23517 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23571 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23625 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23733 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23787 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23841 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23895 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23949 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24015 \begin_layout Standard
24016 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24019 \begin_inset space ~
24025 \begin_inset Graphics
24026 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24028 groupId toolbarbuttons
24032 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24036 \begin_layout Section
24037 Brackets and Delimiters
24038 \begin_inset Index idx
24041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24048 \begin_inset Index idx
24051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24060 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24067 \begin_layout Standard
24068 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24069 For most purposes, using just the keys
24074 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24075 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24076 toolbar delimiter icon
24079 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24083 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24085 \begin_inset Formula
24087 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24095 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24096 \begin_inset Formula
24098 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24107 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24108 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24111 \begin_layout Standard
24112 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24113 left side and right side.
24114 If you use the option
24117 \begin_inset space ~
24122 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24123 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24124 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24125 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24130 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24131 inside the brackets.
24132 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24137 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24140 \begin_layout Section
24141 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24142 \begin_inset Index idx
24145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24152 \begin_inset Index idx
24155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24162 \begin_inset Index idx
24165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24166 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24174 \begin_layout Standard
24175 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24178 \begin_inset space ~
24184 \begin_inset Graphics
24185 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24187 groupId toolbarbuttons
24192 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24193 Here is an example:
24194 \begin_inset Formula
24196 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24205 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24206 \begin_inset space ~
24210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24212 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24217 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24218 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24219 This alignment is set in the box
24224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24272 for every column as default.
24273 For example, the sequence
24274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24285 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24286 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24287 corresponds to the relevant column.
24288 The result will look like this:
24289 \begin_inset Formula
24292 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24293 column & has & has\, right\\
24294 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24304 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24307 arg "newline-insert newline"
24310 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24311 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24313 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24316 or the math toolbar.
24319 \begin_layout Standard
24320 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24321 It can be created with the menu
24323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24324 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24326 \begin_inset space ~
24338 Here is an example:
24339 \begin_inset Formula
24353 \begin_layout Standard
24354 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24357 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24360 arg "newline-insert newline"
24364 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24369 arg "newline-insert newline"
24372 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24380 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24381 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24382 A new row is created by every further hit of
24385 arg "newline-insert newline"
24389 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24390 Here is an example:
24391 \begin_inset Formula
24393 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24394 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24399 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24400 where you want to start the shift and hit
24405 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24406 position to the next column.
24407 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24408 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24409 \begin_inset Formula
24411 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24419 \begin_layout Standard
24420 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24427 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24428 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24431 reference "eq:asquared"
24436 The other types are described in section
24437 \begin_inset space ~
24441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24443 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24450 \begin_layout Section
24451 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24452 \begin_inset Index idx
24455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24456 Math ! Formula numbering
24462 \begin_inset Index idx
24465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24466 Math ! Referencing formulas
24472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24474 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24481 \begin_layout Standard
24482 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24485 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24487 \begin_inset space ~
24495 arg "math-number-toggle"
24499 The formula number appears in LyX as
24500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24507 within parentheses.
24509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24516 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24518 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24519 the document class.
24520 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24521 separated by a dot:
24522 \begin_inset Formula
24532 arg "math-number-toggle"
24535 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24536 You can only number displayed formulas.
24539 \begin_layout Standard
24540 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24542 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24543 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24545 \begin_inset space ~
24549 \begin_inset space ~
24553 \begin_inset space ~
24561 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24564 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24565 \begin_inset Formula
24568 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24574 To number all lines use the shortcut
24577 arg "math-number-toggle"
24583 \begin_layout Standard
24584 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24587 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24588 A label is inserted with the menu
24590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24593 when the cursor is in the formula.
24594 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24595 It is recommended to use the proposed
24596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24607 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24608 type when you have many labels in your document.
24609 We inserted in the following example the label
24610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24617 in the second line:
24618 \begin_inset Formula
24620 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24621 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24626 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24627 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24637 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24639 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24647 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24648 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24649 as the formula number:
24652 \begin_layout Standard
24653 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24656 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24663 \begin_layout Standard
24664 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24665 \begin_inset space ~
24669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24671 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24676 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24682 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24687 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24695 \begin_layout Section
24696 User defined math macros
24697 \begin_inset Index idx
24700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24709 \begin_layout Standard
24710 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24711 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24712 Math macros are explained in section
24715 \begin_inset space ~
24727 \begin_layout Section
24731 \begin_layout Subsection
24733 \begin_inset Index idx
24736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 \begin_layout Standard
24746 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24747 To set a font in a formula, use the
24750 \begin_inset space ~
24756 \begin_inset Graphics
24757 filename ../images/math/font.png
24759 groupId toolbarbuttons
24763 , or enter its command, listed in table
24764 \begin_inset space ~
24768 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24770 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 \begin_inset Float table
24783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24784 \begin_inset Caption
24786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24789 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24793 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24803 \begin_inset Tabular
24804 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24805 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24839 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24866 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24893 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24926 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24953 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24980 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25014 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25041 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25075 \begin_layout Standard
25076 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25084 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25100 \begin_layout Standard
25101 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25102 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25107 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25108 space when you need a space in the box.
25109 Here an example where
25110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25121 denotes the set of numbers:
25122 \begin_inset Formula
25124 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25132 \begin_layout Standard
25133 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25139 \begin_inset space \space{}
25151 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25155 \begin_inset Newline newline
25158 So it is better not to use this feature.
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25162 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25163 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25167 \begin_inset Newline newline
25170 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25176 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25177 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25183 \begin_layout Standard
25190 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25194 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25196 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25197 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25199 \begin_inset space ~
25207 \begin_layout Subsection
25209 \begin_inset Index idx
25212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25224 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25228 \begin_inset space ~
25232 \begin_inset space ~
25240 \begin_inset space ~
25246 \begin_inset Graphics
25247 filename ../images/math/font.png
25249 groupId toolbarbuttons
25260 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25261 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25262 Here is an example:
25263 \begin_inset Formula
25266 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25267 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25276 \begin_layout Subsection
25278 \begin_inset Index idx
25281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25290 \begin_layout Standard
25291 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25292 automatically chosen in most situations.
25310 For most characters,
25318 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25319 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25324 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25325 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25327 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25328 \begin_inset Graphics
25329 filename ../images/math/style.png
25331 groupId toolbarbuttons
25336 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25337 For example, you can set
25338 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25341 , which is normally in
25350 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25354 The four styles are used in the following example:
25357 \begin_layout Standard
25358 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25362 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25366 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25370 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25378 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25382 \begin_inset space ~
25387 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25388 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25389 will be adjusted to correspond.
25390 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25405 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25411 \begin_layout Section
25415 \begin_layout Standard
25416 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25417 the document classes and into layout modules.
25418 \begin_inset Index idx
25421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25427 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25428 other than the AMS classes.
25430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25432 reference "sub:Modules"
25436 for more on layout modules.
25439 \begin_layout Section
25441 \begin_inset Index idx
25444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25451 \begin_inset Index idx
25454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25463 \begin_layout Standard
25464 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25465 (AMS) that are in common use.
25468 \begin_layout Subsection
25469 Enabling AMS-Support
25472 \begin_layout Standard
25473 Selecting the checkbox
25476 \begin_inset space ~
25480 \begin_inset space ~
25484 \begin_inset space ~
25491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25495 \begin_inset Index idx
25498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25499 Document ! Settings
25507 \begin_inset space ~
25512 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25514 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25515 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25518 \begin_layout Subsection
25520 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25522 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25527 \begin_inset Index idx
25530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25531 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25539 \begin_layout Standard
25540 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25541 LyX allows you to choose between
25562 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25565 \begin_layout Chapter
25569 \begin_layout Section
25571 \begin_inset Index idx
25574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25583 name "sec:Cross-References"
25590 \begin_layout Standard
25591 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25592 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25594 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25595 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25596 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25599 \begin_layout Enumerate
25603 \begin_layout Enumerate
25604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25606 name "enu:Second-item"
25613 \begin_layout Enumerate
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25618 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25623 or by pressing the toolbar button
25630 A grey label box like this:
25631 \begin_inset Graphics
25632 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25637 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25638 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25673 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25678 \begin_inset space \space{}
25681 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25696 \begin_layout Standard
25697 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25702 or the toolbar button
25705 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25709 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25710 \begin_inset Graphics
25711 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25716 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25718 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25731 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25735 \begin_layout Standard
25738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25741 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25746 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25747 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25749 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25755 \begin_layout Standard
25756 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25757 \begin_inset space ~
25761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25763 reference "enu:Second-item"
25770 \begin_layout Standard
25771 It is recommended to use a protected space
25775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25776 described in section
25777 \begin_inset space ~
25781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25783 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25792 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25796 \begin_layout Standard
25797 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25800 \begin_layout Description
25801 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25804 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25811 \begin_layout Description
25812 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25813 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25825 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25832 \begin_layout Description
25833 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25834 \begin_inset space ~
25838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25839 LatexCommand pageref
25840 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25847 \begin_layout Description
25849 \begin_inset space ~
25853 \begin_inset space ~
25856 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25858 LatexCommand vpageref
25859 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25866 \begin_layout Description
25868 \begin_inset space ~
25872 \begin_inset space ~
25876 \begin_inset space ~
25879 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25882 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25889 \begin_layout Description
25891 \begin_inset space ~
25894 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25895 \begin_inset Newline newline
25899 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25907 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25916 \begin_inset Index idx
25919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25920 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25926 \begin_inset Index idx
25929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25930 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25943 \begin_layout Description
25945 \begin_inset space ~
25948 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25950 LatexCommand nameref
25951 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25958 \begin_layout Standard
25963 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25970 \begin_inset space \space{}
25974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25988 <reference> on page <page>
25990 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25994 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25995 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25996 The varieties are adjusted in the field
26000 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26004 \begin_layout Standard
26005 You can only use the style
26009 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26013 is always possible.
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26018 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26020 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26021 \begin_inset space ~
26025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26027 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26035 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26039 \begin_inset space ~
26043 \begin_inset space ~
26048 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26049 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26052 \begin_inset space ~
26057 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26058 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26061 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26068 You can change labels at any time.
26069 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26070 do not need to take care about this.
26073 \begin_layout Standard
26074 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26075 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26078 \begin_layout Standard
26079 References are described in detail in sec.
26080 \begin_inset space ~
26084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26098 \begin_layout Section
26099 Table of Contents and other Listings
26100 \begin_inset Index idx
26103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26110 \begin_inset Index idx
26113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26129 \begin_layout Subsection
26131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26133 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26140 \begin_layout Standard
26141 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26144 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26146 \begin_inset space ~
26150 \begin_inset space ~
26156 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26157 If you click on it, the
26161 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26162 sections in your documents.
26163 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26165 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26168 that is described in sec.
26169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26175 reference "sec:Navigating"
26182 \begin_layout Standard
26183 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26184 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26186 \begin_inset space ~
26190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26192 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26196 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26198 \begin_inset space ~
26202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26204 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26208 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26210 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26213 \begin_layout Subsection
26214 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26217 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26225 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26226 You can insert them via the
26228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26230 \begin_inset space ~
26234 \begin_inset space ~
26240 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26243 \begin_layout Section
26244 URLs and Hyperlinks
26245 \begin_inset Index idx
26248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26255 \begin_inset Index idx
26258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26267 \begin_layout Subsection
26269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26278 \begin_layout Standard
26279 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26281 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26287 \begin_layout Standard
26288 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26289 \begin_inset Flex URL
26292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26303 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26309 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26314 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26322 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26330 \begin_layout Subsection
26332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26334 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26342 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26347 or with the toolbar button
26354 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26363 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26364 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26365 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26367 name "LyX's homepage"
26368 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26372 , an Email address like this:
26373 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26375 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26376 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26381 , or a link to a file.
26384 \begin_layout Standard
26385 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26398 to the link target.
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26402 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26403 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26404 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26405 the text style dialog.
26406 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26410 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26412 name "LyX's homepage"
26413 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26420 \begin_layout Standard
26421 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26425 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26428 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26432 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26434 \begin_inset Newline newline
26442 \begin_inset Newline newline
26449 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26452 \begin_layout Section
26454 \begin_inset Index idx
26457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26466 name "sec:Appendices"
26473 \begin_layout Standard
26474 Appendices are created with the menu
26476 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26478 \begin_inset space ~
26482 \begin_inset space ~
26488 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26489 as the appendix region.
26490 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26493 \begin_layout Standard
26494 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26495 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26496 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26497 and the subsection number.
26498 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26504 \begin_inset space ~
26508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26510 reference "cha:Credits"
26515 \begin_inset space ~
26519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26521 reference "sub:Export"
26528 \begin_layout Section
26530 \begin_inset Index idx
26533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26542 name "sec:Bibliography"
26549 \begin_layout Standard
26550 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26551 You can include a bibliography database,
26555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26556 Known under the name
26557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26569 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26570 manually, using the paragraph environment
26574 , which was described in section
26575 \begin_inset space ~
26579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26581 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26586 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26587 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26591 use a bibliography database.
26594 \begin_layout Subsection
26595 The Bibliography Environment
26598 \begin_layout Standard
26603 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26605 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26614 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26616 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26625 , a short form of its title, as key.
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26629 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26634 or the toolbar button
26637 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26641 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26642 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26643 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26644 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26649 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26650 entry with surrounding brackets.
26655 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26656 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26668 \begin_layout Standard
26671 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26674 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26676 key "latexcompanion"
26683 \begin_layout Standard
26684 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26685 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26694 \begin_layout Subsection
26695 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26696 \begin_inset Index idx
26699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26700 Bibliography ! Databases
26706 \begin_inset Index idx
26709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26710 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26716 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26718 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26726 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26732 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26734 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26735 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26740 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26742 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26743 your working field in a database.
26744 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26745 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26747 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26752 The database is a text file with the file extension
26753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26764 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26765 The format is explained in
26766 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26772 and in LaTeX books (
26773 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26775 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26780 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26781 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26782 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26783 \begin_inset Flex URL
26786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26788 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26796 \begin_layout Standard
26797 To use a database, use the menu
26799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26804 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26817 \begin_inset space ~
26823 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26824 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26827 Add bibliography to TOC
26829 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26834 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26835 in the document or just the cited references.
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26839 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26851 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26852 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26853 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26855 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26861 For information how this is done, have a look at
26862 \begin_inset Newline newline
26866 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26868 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26881 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26885 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26886 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26889 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26917 \begin_inset space ~
26923 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26929 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26938 \begin_layout Standard
26939 When you select the option
26941 Sectioned bibliography
26945 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26948 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26949 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26951 Customizing Bibliographies
26959 Additional Features
26964 \begin_layout Standard
26965 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26966 the two methods of creating them.
26967 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26968 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26969 We used the style file
26973 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26976 \begin_layout Subsection
26977 Bibliography layout
26978 \begin_inset Index idx
26981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26982 Bibliography ! Layout
26990 \begin_layout Standard
26991 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26992 For this feature you need to enable the option
26998 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27002 \begin_inset Index idx
27005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27006 Document ! Settings
27016 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27017 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27018 in the previous section.
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27022 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27023 in the citation reference window.
27024 Here an example where we set the text
27025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27029 \begin_inset space ~
27033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27036 to appear after the reference:
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27041 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27044 key "latexcompanion"
27051 \begin_layout Section
27053 \begin_inset Index idx
27056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27073 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27077 \begin_inset space ~
27082 or the toolbar button
27090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27101 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27102 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27103 by LyX as the index entry.
27106 \begin_layout Standard
27107 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27108 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27110 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27112 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27119 \begin_layout Standard
27120 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27124 \begin_inset space ~
27128 \begin_inset space ~
27131 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27133 \begin_inset space ~
27139 A light blue box labeled
27140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27151 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27152 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27155 \begin_layout Subsection
27156 Grouping Index Entries
27157 \begin_inset Index idx
27160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27169 \begin_layout Standard
27170 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27172 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27173 lists under the entry
27174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27182 First we create the entry
27183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27191 \begin_inset space ~
27195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27197 reference "sub:Lists"
27202 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27203 \begin_inset space ~
27207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27209 reference "sec:Itemize"
27213 , we insert the command
27216 \begin_layout Standard
27222 \begin_layout Standard
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27233 for the enumerated list in section
27234 \begin_inset space ~
27238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27240 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27248 The exclamation mark
27249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27256 marks the grouping levels.
27257 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27258 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27259 If we don't have an index entry for
27260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27267 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27270 \begin_layout Subsection
27272 \begin_inset Index idx
27275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27276 Index ! Page ranges
27284 \begin_layout Standard
27285 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27287 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27288 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27290 \begin_inset space ~
27294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27296 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27303 \begin_layout Standard
27306 Paragraph environments|(
27309 \begin_layout Standard
27310 and another entry at the end of section
27311 \begin_inset space ~
27315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27317 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27324 \begin_layout Standard
27327 Paragraph environments|)
27330 \begin_layout Standard
27332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27355 respectively start and end the index range.
27356 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27357 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27358 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27359 An example is the index entry
27360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27363 Document ! Settings
27364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27370 \begin_layout Subsection
27372 \begin_inset Index idx
27375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27376 Index ! Cross referencing
27384 \begin_layout Standard
27385 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27386 We referred for example in the index entry
27387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27395 \begin_inset space ~
27399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27401 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27405 ) to the index entry
27406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27413 in the same section using the entry
27416 \begin_layout Standard
27419 GIF|see{Image formats}
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27424 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27425 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27428 \begin_layout Subsection
27430 \begin_inset Index idx
27433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27434 Index ! Entry order
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27443 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27444 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27445 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27450 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27452 \begin_inset space ~
27456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27458 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27467 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27468 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27493 \begin_inset Index idx
27496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27497 Dummy entries ! maïs
27503 \begin_inset Index idx
27506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27507 Dummy entries ! maître
27513 \begin_inset Index idx
27516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27517 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27522 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27523 order maïs, maison, maître.
27524 To achieve this, we use the command
27527 \begin_layout Standard
27530 previous entry@current entry
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27534 In our case we want to have
27535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27550 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27559 \begin_layout Standard
27560 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27561 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27566 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27572 \begin_layout Standard
27573 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27578 to generate the index (see sec.
27579 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27585 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27594 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27602 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27606 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27607 index commands start with
27608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27620 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27625 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27640 \begin_layout Standard
27652 \begin_layout Subsection
27654 \begin_inset Index idx
27657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27658 Index ! Entry layout
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27667 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27668 \begin_inset Index idx
27671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27674 This is an italic dummy entry
27679 You can also format the page number using the character
27680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27687 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27688 We can write for example
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27694 italic page number:|textit
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27698 to get the page number in italic.
27699 \begin_inset Index idx
27702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27703 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27708 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27726 \begin_inset space ~
27732 Have a look at section
27733 \begin_inset space ~
27737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27739 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27743 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27755 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27759 to generate the index, see sec.
27760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27766 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27775 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27776 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27777 they can be used, see
27778 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27781 key "latexcompanion"
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27794 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27796 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27797 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27798 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27799 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27800 If so, put the following in the preamble
27803 \begin_layout Standard
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27826 in the index entry.
27827 \begin_inset Index idx
27830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27831 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27836 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27837 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27838 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27842 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27848 \begin_inset space \space{}
27851 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27852 for all index entries.
27853 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27865 documentation for details,
27866 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27868 key "makeindex,xindy"
27875 \begin_layout Subsection
27877 \begin_inset Index idx
27880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27889 name "sub:Index-Program"
27896 \begin_layout Standard
27897 If the index entry program
27901 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27905 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27914 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27915 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27916 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27917 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27918 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27928 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27929 dialog, see section
27930 \begin_inset space ~
27934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27936 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27941 The available options are listed and explained in
27942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27944 key "makeindex,xindy"
27949 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27953 \begin_layout Standard
27954 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27955 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27958 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27959 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27960 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27964 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27965 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27968 \begin_layout Subsection
27972 \begin_layout Standard
27973 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27974 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27982 next to the standard index.
27983 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27984 packages that add this feature.
27990 \begin_inset Index idx
27993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27994 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27999 package to generate multiple indexes.
28000 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28001 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28002 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28009 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28010 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28011 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28015 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28018 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28019 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28026 Use multiple Indexes
28027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28031 Note that the list of
28032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28039 below already contains the standard index.
28040 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28041 also appear as a heading) to the
28042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28049 input field and press the
28050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28058 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28059 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28060 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28064 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28070 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28071 indexes in the LyX work area.
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28075 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28080 \begin_inset space ~
28084 \begin_inset space ~
28093 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28094 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28095 are some additional features:
28098 \begin_layout Itemize
28099 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28100 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28103 \begin_layout Itemize
28104 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28105 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28114 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28116 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28119 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28120 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28121 to the non-subindexes.
28124 \begin_layout Section
28125 Nomenclature / Glossary
28126 \begin_inset Index idx
28129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28136 \begin_inset Index idx
28139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28170 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28179 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28183 \begin_layout Standard
28184 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28189 \begin_inset Index idx
28192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28193 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28199 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28200 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28206 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28210 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28211 and then use the menu
28213 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28219 \begin_inset space ~
28224 or the toolbar button
28227 arg "nomencl-insert"
28232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28243 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28247 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28248 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28249 The second is the description of the symbol.
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28253 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28261 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28269 \begin_layout Subsection
28270 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28271 \begin_inset Index idx
28274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28275 Nomenclature ! Layout
28283 \begin_layout Standard
28284 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28288 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28294 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28302 \begin_inset Newline newline
28310 \begin_inset Newline newline
28316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28323 character starts/ends the formula.
28324 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28336 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28347 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28348 \begin_inset space ~
28352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28354 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28361 \begin_layout Standard
28365 \begin_inset space ~
28370 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28371 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28376 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28383 in this document is:
28384 \begin_inset Newline newline
28389 dummy entry for the character
28394 \begin_inset Newline newline
28406 \begin_inset space ~
28416 font use the command
28445 \begin_layout Subsection
28446 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28447 \begin_inset Index idx
28450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28451 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28459 \begin_layout Standard
28460 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28461 the symbol definition.
28462 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28463 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28466 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28467 LatexCommand nomenclature
28469 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28476 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28480 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28481 LatexCommand nomenclature
28484 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28489 They will be sorted by
28490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28516 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28519 will be sorted before the
28523 since the character
28524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28531 is considered in sorting.
28534 \begin_layout Standard
28535 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28538 \begin_inset space ~
28543 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28544 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28546 For the example given, you can insert
28550 in this field for the
28551 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28558 will be located before
28559 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28565 \begin_layout Standard
28566 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28580 \begin_layout Subsection
28581 Nomenclature Options
28582 \begin_inset Index idx
28585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28586 Nomenclature ! Options
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28599 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28600 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28603 \begin_layout Description
28604 refeq Appends the phrase
28605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28620 to every nomenclature entry, where
28626 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28629 \begin_layout Description
28630 refpage Appends the phrase
28631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28646 to every nomenclature entry, where
28652 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28655 \begin_layout Description
28656 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28659 \begin_layout Standard
28660 There are furthermore the options
28704 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28708 \begin_layout Standard
28709 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28710 class options list in the
28712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28716 In this document the option
28723 \begin_layout Standard
28724 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28730 \begin_layout Standard
28731 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28732 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28737 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28740 \begin_layout Description
28750 \begin_layout Description
28753 nomrefpage Like the
28760 \begin_layout Description
28763 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28772 \begin_layout Description
28776 \begin_inset space ~
28782 \begin_inset space ~
28787 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28790 \begin_layout Subsection
28791 Printing the Nomenclature
28792 \begin_inset Index idx
28795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28796 Nomenclature ! Printing
28804 \begin_layout Standard
28805 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28809 \begin_inset space ~
28813 \begin_inset space ~
28816 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28820 A light blue box labeled
28821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28832 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28833 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28837 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28846 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28854 For example, in order to change the name to
28858 , add the following line to the preamble:
28861 \begin_layout Standard
28869 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28872 \begin_layout Standard
28873 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28879 \begin_layout Standard
28880 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28881 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28884 \begin_layout Standard
28892 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28898 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28899 \begin_inset space ~
28903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28905 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28910 The default value is 1
28911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28917 \begin_layout Subsection
28918 Nomenclature Program
28919 \begin_inset Index idx
28922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28923 Nomenclature ! Program
28929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28931 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28938 \begin_layout Standard
28939 LyX uses the program
28943 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28944 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28949 by adding options, see section
28950 \begin_inset space ~
28954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28956 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28961 The available options are listed and explained in
28962 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28964 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28971 \begin_layout Section
28973 \begin_inset Index idx
28976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28983 \begin_inset Index idx
28986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28987 Document ! Branches
28993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28995 name "sec:Branches"
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29003 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29004 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29005 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29006 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29009 \begin_layout Standard
29010 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29011 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29012 To create a branch, either select the menu
29014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29015 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29018 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29020 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29027 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29028 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29029 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29030 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29031 (see below for an example).
29032 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29033 to the name of the other) and to add
29034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29046 \begin_inset space ~
29049 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29050 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29053 \begin_layout Standard
29054 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29055 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29060 where you can choose a branch.
29061 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29065 \begin_layout Standard
29066 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29067 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29070 \begin_layout Standard
29071 \begin_inset Branch Question
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29075 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29083 \begin_layout Standard
29084 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29088 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29103 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29104 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29107 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29108 Consider for example a file
29109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29116 which has the above branches.
29118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29125 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29149 branch were inactive,
29150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29165 branch was active, likewise
29166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29181 branch was active, and
29182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29185 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29189 if both branches were active.
29190 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29194 \begin_layout Standard
29195 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29202 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29203 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29205 For example you can define for the question branch
29209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29210 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29211 \begin_inset space ~
29215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29217 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29229 \begin_layout Standard
29239 \begin_layout Standard
29249 \begin_layout Standard
29250 and for the answer branch
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29263 \begin_layout Standard
29273 \begin_layout Standard
29274 \begin_inset Branch Question
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 \begin_layout Standard
29310 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29345 \begin_layout Standard
29346 Now it is possible to use the commands
29350 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29357 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29360 to obtain conditional output.
29361 Here is an example formula where only the
29368 \begin_inset Formula
29370 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29378 \begin_layout Standard
29379 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29387 \begin_layout Section
29389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29391 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29396 \begin_inset Index idx
29399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29408 \begin_layout Standard
29413 dialog allows you in the
29417 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29418 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29423 \begin_inset Index idx
29426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29427 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29435 \begin_layout Standard
29440 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29441 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29442 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29444 You can specify in the dialog tab
29448 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29450 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29451 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29460 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29461 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29462 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29464 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29465 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29467 \begin_inset space ~
29470 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29471 \begin_inset space ~
29474 1 will only display the sections.
29477 \begin_layout Standard
29478 The header information in the dialog tab
29482 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29483 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29488 \begin_inset space \space{}
29491 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29492 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29495 Automatic fill header
29497 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29498 title and author settings.
29501 \begin_layout Standard
29504 Load in fullscreen mode
29506 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29509 \begin_layout Standard
29510 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29511 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29517 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29518 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29527 \begin_layout Section
29528 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29531 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29538 \begin_layout Subsection
29540 \begin_inset Index idx
29543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29552 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29559 \begin_layout Standard
29560 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29561 constructs, but not all.
29562 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29563 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29564 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29565 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29566 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29570 \begin_layout Standard
29571 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29573 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29577 \begin_inset space ~
29582 or by the toolbar button
29589 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29593 \begin_layout Standard
29594 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29595 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29596 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29597 using the LaTeX-command
29603 , you can write the command part
29609 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29613 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29614 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29615 the following example:
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29619 \begin_inset Graphics
29620 filename clipart/ERT.png
29628 \begin_layout Standard
29632 \begin_layout Standard
29633 This is a line with a
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 \begin_layout Standard
29661 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29669 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29670 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29678 \begin_layout Subsection
29679 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29680 \begin_inset Argument
29683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 \begin_inset Index idx
29693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29702 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29709 \begin_layout Standard
29710 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29711 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29712 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29721 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29722 any time if you know the right commands.
29724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29728 \begin_inset space \space{}
29731 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29733 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29734 all caption labels bold.
29735 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29737 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29741 \begin_layout Standard
29742 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29743 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29744 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29746 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29755 \begin_layout Standard
29756 As result you know that the package
29761 \begin_inset Index idx
29764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29765 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29771 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29773 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29779 \begin_layout Standard
29784 usepackage[options]{package name}
29787 \begin_layout Standard
29788 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29789 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29790 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29793 \begin_layout Standard
29794 In your case the package name is
29799 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29804 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29805 So you add the command
29808 \begin_layout Standard
29813 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29816 \begin_layout Standard
29817 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 For more commands provided by the
29826 package, have a look at its documentation,
29827 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29841 \begin_layout Standard
29842 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29844 For example if you use a
29848 class, you don't need the package
29852 , you can instead write
29855 \begin_layout Standard
29860 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29865 \begin_layout Standard
29866 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29867 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29868 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29875 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29878 \begin_layout Standard
29879 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29880 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29882 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29883 the previous section.
29886 \begin_layout Standard
29887 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29889 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29891 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29899 \begin_layout Section
29900 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29903 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29908 \begin_inset Index idx
29911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29918 \begin_inset Index idx
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29930 \begin_layout Standard
29931 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29932 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29933 to break your train of thought with
29935 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29941 \begin_layout Standard
29942 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29943 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29948 \begin_inset Index idx
29951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29952 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29957 as explained below, and turn on
29960 \begin_inset space ~
29967 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29971 \begin_inset space ~
29975 \begin_inset space ~
29978 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29983 \begin_inset space ~
29988 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29991 \begin_layout Standard
29992 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29994 Previews of an already loaded document are
29998 generated just by selecting the
30001 \begin_inset space ~
30006 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30009 \begin_layout Standard
30010 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30011 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30014 \begin_inset space ~
30019 check box in the insert dialog.
30020 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30024 \begin_layout Standard
30025 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30029 (on some systems named simply
30034 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30036 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30042 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30043 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30051 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30055 \begin_layout Standard
30056 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30062 \begin_layout Standard
30063 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30067 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30069 \begin_inset space ~
30074 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30075 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30077 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30078 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30079 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30080 the source view window.
30083 \begin_layout Section
30084 Advanced Find and Replace
30085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30087 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30092 \begin_inset Index idx
30095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30102 \begin_inset Index idx
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 \begin_layout Subsection
30118 \begin_layout Standard
30119 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30120 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30121 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30122 The key-features are:
30125 \begin_layout Itemize
30126 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30127 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30128 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30132 \begin_layout Itemize
30133 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30134 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30135 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30136 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30139 \begin_layout Itemize
30140 Search may be widened to a specific
30145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30149 \begin_inset space ~
30152 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30153 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30160 \begin_layout Itemize
30161 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30162 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30167 \begin_inset space ~
30170 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30173 \begin_layout Subsection
30177 \begin_layout Standard
30178 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30181 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30194 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30197 ) or the toolbar button
30200 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30206 Advanced Find and Replace
30211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30215 \begin_layout Standard
30220 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30225 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30230 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30231 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30232 Pressing repeatedly
30236 keeps searching forward.
30237 Similarly, pressing
30241 searches for the entered text backwards.
30244 \begin_layout Standard
30245 While searching, the
30249 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30259 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30263 Searching for mathematics
30266 \begin_layout Standard
30267 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30271 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30272 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30275 or also something more complex like
30276 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30280 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30281 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30282 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30283 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30293 \begin_layout Standard
30294 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30295 This is done by switching to the
30296 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
30300 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
30305 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30310 This way, entering in the
30317 \begin_layout Itemize
30318 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30319 in emphasized or boldface.
30322 \begin_layout Itemize
30323 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30324 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30325 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30326 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30329 \begin_layout Itemize
30330 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30331 of if only within section headings.
30332 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30333 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30337 \begin_layout Itemize
30338 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30339 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30346 \begin_layout Standard
30347 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30351 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30359 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30363 button or alternatively
30385 \begin_layout Standard
30386 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30387 text segments in your document.
30388 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30392 \begin_layout Itemize
30393 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30394 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30402 with its typewriter version
30405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30415 \begin_layout Itemize
30416 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30422 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30434 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30441 (you may want to enable the
30449 options and disable the
30454 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
30458 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
30463 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30471 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30472 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30476 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30479 , or occurrences of
30480 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30484 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30490 \begin_layout Subsection
30494 \begin_layout Standard
30495 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30502 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30504 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30513 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30519 This is done via the menu
30521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30522 Insert Regular Expression
30525 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
30534 while the cursor is in the
30539 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30540 expression matching rules
30544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30545 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30551 \begin_inset space ~
30554 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30555 to match expressions.
30560 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30561 same text in the document.
30562 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30563 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30566 \begin_layout Enumerate
30567 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30572 editor the fraction
30573 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30577 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30580 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30581 fractions with the given denominator.
30584 \begin_layout Enumerate
30585 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30591 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30595 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30603 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30608 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30609 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30611 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30614 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30615 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30618 \begin_layout Standard
30619 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30620 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30621 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30624 , and referring back to them through
30625 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30629 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30633 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30636 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30637 For example, try searching for the regexp
30638 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30641 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30644 \begin_layout Standard
30645 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30646 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30647 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30652 \begin_inset space ~
30656 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30659 always refers to the first occurrence of
30660 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30663 in all entered regexps.
30666 \begin_layout Standard
30667 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30671 \begin_layout Section
30673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30675 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30680 \begin_inset Index idx
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 \begin_layout Standard
30693 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30694 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30711 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30717 can be seen as the successor to
30725 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30731 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30732 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30740 \begin_layout Standard
30741 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30742 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30749 \begin_layout Standard
30752 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30755 or the toolbar button
30758 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30761 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30762 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30763 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30764 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30765 scrolled so that it is visible.
30770 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30772 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30776 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30777 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30780 \begin_layout Standard
30781 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30788 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30789 will bring an error message.
30790 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30791 specifying a different
30793 Alternative language
30795 in preferences dialog.
30798 \begin_layout Standard
30799 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30802 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30806 \begin_layout Standard
30807 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30808 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30810 But you can use the
30813 \begin_inset space ~
30817 \begin_inset space ~
30825 \begin_layout Standard
30826 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30827 This does work with
30831 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30834 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30838 \begin_layout Standard
30843 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30846 \begin_layout Description
30848 \begin_inset space ~
30851 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30852 should consider, e.
30853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30857 \begin_inset space \space{}
30860 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30861 This should not normally be needed.
30864 \begin_layout Description
30866 \begin_inset space ~
30869 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30870 the spell checker's default choice
30873 \begin_layout Description
30875 \begin_inset space ~
30879 \begin_inset space ~
30882 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30894 \begin_layout Description
30896 \begin_inset space ~
30900 \begin_inset space ~
30903 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30912 also for the spellchecker.
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30917 The encodings are explained in section
30918 \begin_inset space ~
30922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30924 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30933 Only enable this if you use
30937 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30938 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30939 so this is disabled by default.
30942 \begin_layout Section
30944 \begin_inset Index idx
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30956 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30963 \begin_layout Standard
30964 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30965 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30975 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30977 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30986 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30987 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30988 are available for many languages.
30991 \begin_layout Standard
30992 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30996 \begin_layout Subsection
30997 Setting up the thesaurus
31000 \begin_layout Standard
31005 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31010 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31015 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31021 en_EN for English).
31022 For instance, the English files are named:
31025 \begin_layout Itemize
31029 \begin_layout Itemize
31033 \begin_layout Standard
31034 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31035 already on your system.
31036 If not, you can get dictionaries
31037 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
31039 \begin_inset Flex URL
31042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
31046 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31056 \begin_inset Flex URL
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31068 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
31069 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
31074 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31076 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31077 unpack a zip archive.
31078 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
31086 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31087 \begin_inset Flex URL
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31092 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
31094 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31099 are usually packed in extension archives (
31103 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31105 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31106 unpack a zip archive.
31114 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
31118 \begin_layout Standard
31127 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31128 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31130 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31131 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31135 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31138 \begin_layout Subsection
31139 Using the thesaurus
31142 \begin_layout Standard
31143 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31145 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31148 or the toolbar button
31151 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31154 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31156 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31158 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31159 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31160 and hyponyms (such as
31168 ), compounds (such as
31172 ) and antonyms (such as
31180 ), which are marked as such.
31183 \begin_layout Standard
31184 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31185 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31189 \begin_layout Standard
31190 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31191 the dictionary, such as the above
31195 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31200 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31201 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31202 For example looking up the word forms
31210 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31215 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31228 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31229 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31230 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31233 \begin_layout Subsection
31234 License of the Thesaurus library
31237 \begin_layout Standard
31242 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31247 as a standalone program.
31248 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31249 The library was released under the
31251 Berkeley Database License
31253 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31254 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31255 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31257 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31260 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31264 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31267 \begin_layout Section
31269 \begin_inset Index idx
31272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31279 \begin_inset Index idx
31282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31283 Document ! Change Tracking
31289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31291 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31298 \begin_layout Standard
31299 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31300 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31301 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31302 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31306 \begin_inset space ~
31309 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31311 \begin_inset space ~
31319 \begin_layout Standard
31320 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31334 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31335 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31338 \begin_inset space ~
31342 \begin_inset space ~
31352 \begin_inset Index idx
31355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 Color ! Change tracking
31361 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31362 the cursor is in changed text.
31363 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31366 arg "changes-merge"
31372 \begin_layout Standard
31373 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31374 \begin_inset Index idx
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31386 \begin_layout Standard
31387 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31393 \begin_layout Standard
31394 \begin_inset Graphics
31395 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31403 \begin_layout Standard
31404 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31410 \begin_layout Standard
31411 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31415 \begin_layout Standard
31416 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31422 \begin_layout Standard
31423 \begin_inset Tabular
31424 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31425 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31426 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31427 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31437 arg "changes-track"
31445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31451 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31453 \begin_inset space ~
31456 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31458 \begin_inset space ~
31467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31476 arg "changes-output"
31484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31492 \begin_inset space ~
31495 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31497 \begin_inset space ~
31501 \begin_inset space ~
31505 \begin_inset space ~
31514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31535 Jumps to the next change
31541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31550 arg "change-accept"
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31566 \begin_inset space ~
31569 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31571 \begin_inset space ~
31580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31589 arg "change-reject"
31597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31605 \begin_inset space ~
31608 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31610 \begin_inset space ~
31619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 arg "changes-merge"
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31642 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31644 \begin_inset space ~
31647 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31649 \begin_inset space ~
31658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31667 arg "all-changes-accept"
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31683 \begin_inset space ~
31686 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31688 \begin_inset space ~
31692 \begin_inset space ~
31701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 arg "all-changes-reject"
31718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31726 \begin_inset space ~
31729 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31731 \begin_inset space ~
31735 \begin_inset space ~
31744 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31768 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31770 \begin_inset space ~
31779 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31804 \begin_inset space ~
31820 \begin_layout Standard
31821 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31827 \begin_layout Standard
31828 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31829 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31830 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31831 the next change after the current cursor position.
31832 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31833 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31834 step to the next change.
31835 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31838 \begin_layout Standard
31839 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31840 to describe a change.
31843 \begin_layout Standard
31844 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31849 \begin_inset Index idx
31852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31859 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31866 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31869 \begin_layout Section
31870 International Support
31871 \begin_inset Index idx
31874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31875 International support
31883 \begin_layout Standard
31884 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31885 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31886 how to set up LyX to use them:
31887 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31889 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31896 \begin_layout Standard
31897 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31898 \begin_inset space ~
31902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31904 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31911 \begin_layout Subsection
31913 \begin_inset Index idx
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31923 \begin_inset Index idx
31926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31927 Document ! Settings
31933 \begin_inset Index idx
31936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 Document ! Language
31945 \begin_layout Standard
31948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31951 dialog lets you set
31953 the language and character encoding for your language.
31957 \begin_layout Standard
31958 Choose your language in the
31962 section of this dialog.
31970 \begin_layout Standard
31975 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31980 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31981 For details about the different encoding options see section
31982 \begin_inset space ~
31986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31988 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31995 \begin_layout Subsection
31996 Keyboard mapping configuration
31997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31999 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32006 \begin_layout Standard
32007 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32008 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32009 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32010 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32011 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32013 \begin_inset space ~
32017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32019 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32024 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32025 which one you want to use.
32028 \begin_layout Standard
32029 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32030 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32031 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32032 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32033 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32034 one to support the characters you want.
32035 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32042 \begin_layout Subsection
32046 \begin_layout Standard
32048 \begin_inset space ~
32052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32054 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32063 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32067 \begin_layout Standard
32068 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32069 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32077 \begin_layout Itemize
32078 Even if you have selected
32084 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32087 dialog, users who have only the
32091 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32095 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32096 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32097 french quotes won't show up.
32100 \begin_layout Standard
32101 \begin_inset Float table
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32107 \begin_inset Caption
32109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32112 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32130 \begin_inset Tabular
32131 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32132 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36562 \begin_layout Standard
36563 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36565 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36566 also the characters from
36578 \begin_layout Itemize
36587 \begin_layout Standard
36588 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36595 \begin_layout Standard
36596 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36597 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36603 \begin_layout Standard
36604 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36611 \begin_layout Standard
36612 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36619 \begin_layout Standard
36621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36627 \begin_layout Standard
36629 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36635 \begin_layout Standard
36637 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36644 \begin_layout Itemize
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36659 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36665 \begin_layout Standard
36667 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36673 \begin_layout Standard
36675 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36683 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36689 \begin_layout Standard
36691 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36697 \begin_layout Standard
36699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36707 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36708 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36709 Also make sure you're using the
36716 \begin_layout Chapter
36719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36721 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36728 \begin_layout Standard
36729 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36730 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36731 topic inside the user's guide.
36734 \begin_layout Section
36736 \begin_inset Index idx
36739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 \begin_layout Standard
36753 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36754 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36757 \begin_layout Subsection
36761 \begin_layout Standard
36762 Creates a new document.
36765 \begin_layout Subsection
36769 \begin_layout Standard
36770 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36771 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36772 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36775 \begin_layout Subsection
36779 \begin_layout Standard
36783 \begin_layout Subsection
36787 \begin_layout Standard
36788 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36789 Click there on a file to open it.
36792 \begin_layout Subsection
36796 \begin_layout Standard
36797 Closes the current document.
36800 \begin_layout Subsection
36804 \begin_layout Standard
36805 Closes all opened documents.
36808 \begin_layout Subsection
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36813 Saves the actual document.
36816 \begin_layout Subsection
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36821 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36824 \begin_layout Subsection
36828 \begin_layout Standard
36829 Saves all opened documents.
36832 \begin_layout Subsection
36836 \begin_layout Standard
36837 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36840 \begin_layout Subsection
36844 \begin_layout Standard
36845 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36846 It is described in the section
36848 Version Control in LyX
36852 Additional Features
36857 \begin_layout Subsection
36861 \begin_layout Standard
36862 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36863 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36864 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36865 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36869 When using the menu entry
36872 \begin_inset space ~
36877 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36885 \begin_inset space ~
36890 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36891 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36894 \begin_layout Subsection
36896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36905 \begin_layout Standard
36906 You can export your document to various file formats.
36907 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36908 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36909 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36912 \begin_layout Standard
36913 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36915 \begin_inset space ~
36919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36921 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36928 \begin_layout Description
36932 \begin_inset space ~
36937 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36939 \begin_inset Newline newline
36942 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36945 \begin_layout Description
36953 \begin_layout Description
36954 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36958 \begin_layout Description
36960 \begin_inset space ~
36964 \begin_inset space ~
36967 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36971 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36979 \begin_layout Description
36986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36994 \begin_inset space ~
36999 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37000 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37004 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37007 \begin_layout Description
37014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 \begin_inset space ~
37027 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37028 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37036 \begin_layout Description
37038 \begin_inset space ~
37041 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
37042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37049 is replaced by the version number)
37052 \begin_layout Description
37053 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37056 \begin_layout Description
37057 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37070 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37074 \begin_layout Description
37078 \begin_inset space ~
37083 PDF-format using the program
37088 \begin_layout Description
37092 \begin_inset space ~
37097 PDF-format using the program
37102 \begin_layout Description
37106 \begin_inset space ~
37111 PDF-format using the program
37116 \begin_layout Description
37120 \begin_inset space ~
37128 \begin_layout Description
37132 \begin_inset space ~
37136 \begin_inset space ~
37141 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37142 and then exported as text using the program
37147 \begin_layout Description
37152 PostScript format using the program
37157 \begin_layout Description
37165 \begin_layout Standard
37170 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37171 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37177 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37180 \begin_layout Standard
37181 If one of the menu entries
37188 \begin_inset space ~
37197 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37198 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37199 \begin_inset space ~
37203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37205 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37210 \begin_inset Index idx
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 Reconfiguration of LyX
37222 \begin_layout Standard
37227 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37228 the export program.
37231 \begin_layout Subsection
37235 \begin_layout Standard
37236 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37237 format or send it to a printer.
37238 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37239 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37245 For more information have a look at section
37246 \begin_inset space ~
37250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37252 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37259 \begin_layout Subsection
37263 \begin_layout Standard
37264 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37265 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37266 prefix, see section
37267 \begin_inset space ~
37271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37273 reference "sec:Paths"
37278 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37287 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37288 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37289 \begin_inset space ~
37293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37295 reference "sub:Converters"
37302 \begin_layout Subsection
37303 New and Close Window
37306 \begin_layout Standard
37307 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37310 \begin_layout Subsection
37314 \begin_layout Standard
37315 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37318 \begin_layout Section
37320 \begin_inset Index idx
37323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 \begin_layout Subsection
37336 \begin_layout Standard
37337 Described in section
37338 \begin_inset space ~
37342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37344 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37351 \begin_layout Subsection
37352 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37355 \begin_layout Standard
37356 Described in section
37357 \begin_inset space ~
37361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37363 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37370 \begin_layout Subsection
37374 \begin_layout Standard
37375 Selects the whole document.
37378 \begin_layout Subsection
37382 \begin_layout Standard
37383 Described in section
37384 \begin_inset space ~
37388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37390 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37397 \begin_layout Subsection
37398 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37401 \begin_layout Standard
37402 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37406 \begin_layout Subsection
37410 \begin_layout Standard
37411 Described in section
37412 \begin_inset space ~
37416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37418 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37425 \begin_layout Subsection
37427 \begin_inset Index idx
37430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37431 Paragraph ! Settings
37439 \begin_layout Standard
37440 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37441 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37444 \begin_layout Standard
37445 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37446 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37454 \begin_inset space ~
37462 \begin_layout Subsection
37463 Table Settings and Math
37466 \begin_layout Standard
37467 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37469 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37470 The properties of tables are described in section
37471 \begin_inset space ~
37475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37477 reference "sec:Tables"
37481 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37482 \begin_inset space ~
37486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37488 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37495 \begin_layout Subsection
37496 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37499 \begin_layout Standard
37500 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37501 that can be nested.
37502 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37503 \begin_inset space ~
37507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37509 reference "sec:Nesting"
37514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37516 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37523 \begin_layout Section
37525 \begin_inset Index idx
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 \begin_layout Standard
37542 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37543 document with an external program.
37544 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37545 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37546 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37547 \begin_inset space ~
37551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37553 reference "sub:Export"
37558 You should at least see the menu entries
37565 \begin_inset space ~
37571 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37572 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37573 \begin_inset space ~
37577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37579 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37584 \begin_inset Index idx
37587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37588 Reconfiguration of LyX
37596 \begin_layout Standard
37597 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37598 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37599 \begin_inset space ~
37603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37605 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37610 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37613 \begin_layout Standard
37614 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37617 At the bottom of the
37621 menu the opened documents are listed.
37624 \begin_layout Subsection
37625 Open/Close all Insets
37628 \begin_layout Standard
37629 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37632 \begin_layout Subsection
37633 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37636 \begin_layout Standard
37637 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37640 \begin_layout Standard
37641 Math macros are described in the
37648 \begin_layout Subsection
37652 \begin_layout Standard
37653 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37655 \begin_inset space ~
37659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37661 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37666 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37670 \begin_layout Subsection
37672 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37676 \begin_layout Standard
37678 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37679 Opens a window showing console messages.
37680 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37684 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37685 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37688 \begin_layout Subsection
37690 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37694 \begin_layout Standard
37696 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37697 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37698 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37699 \begin_inset space ~
37703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37705 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37709 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37710 \begin_inset space ~
37714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37716 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37720 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37723 \begin_layout Subsection
37725 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37726 View (Other Formats)
37729 \begin_layout Standard
37731 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37732 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37737 \begin_layout Subsection
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37742 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37743 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37744 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37746 without opening a new view
37747 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37751 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37755 \begin_layout Subsection
37757 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37758 Update (Other Formats)
37761 \begin_layout Standard
37763 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37764 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37765 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37768 \begin_layout Subsection
37770 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37771 View Master Document
37774 \begin_layout Standard
37776 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37777 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37794 manual for more information on this topic).
37795 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37796 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37801 generates the output of the whole book, while
37805 will just output the chapter alone.
37808 \begin_layout Standard
37810 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37811 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37812 in the preferences (see sec.
37813 \begin_inset space ~
37817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37819 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37823 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37824 \begin_inset space ~
37828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37830 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37837 \begin_layout Subsection
37839 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37840 Update Master Document
37843 \begin_layout Standard
37845 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37846 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37863 manual for more information on this topic).
37864 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37865 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37868 \begin_layout Standard
37870 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37871 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37872 in the preferences (see sec.
37873 \begin_inset space ~
37877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37879 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37883 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37884 \begin_inset space ~
37888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37890 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37897 \begin_layout Subsection
37901 \begin_layout Standard
37902 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37903 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37904 view the same document, but at different positions.
37905 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37906 or more documents at the same time.
37907 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37914 \begin_layout Subsection
37918 \begin_layout Standard
37919 Closes a split view.
37922 \begin_layout Subsection
37926 \begin_layout Standard
37927 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37928 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37929 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37930 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37931 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37934 \begin_layout Subsection
37936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37938 name "sub:Toolbars"
37943 \begin_inset Index idx
37946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37955 \begin_layout Standard
37956 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37957 All toolbars and the
37960 \begin_inset space ~
37965 can be turned on and off.
37970 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37982 \begin_inset space ~
37991 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37995 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38002 \begin_layout Standard
38007 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38011 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38012 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38013 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38014 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38015 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38018 \begin_layout Standard
38019 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38020 \begin_inset space ~
38024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38026 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38033 \begin_layout Section
38035 \begin_inset Index idx
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38047 \begin_layout Subsection
38051 \begin_layout Standard
38052 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38053 \begin_inset space ~
38057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38059 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38070 \begin_layout Subsection
38072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38074 name "sub:Special-Character"
38081 \begin_layout Standard
38082 Here you can insert the following characters:
38085 \begin_layout Description
38086 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38087 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38088 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38089 \begin_inset Newline newline
38093 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 Not all characters will be visible in the
38105 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38113 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38117 ) can display every character.
38125 \begin_layout Description
38126 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38130 \begin_layout Description
38132 \begin_inset space ~
38136 \begin_inset space ~
38139 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38140 \begin_inset space ~
38144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38146 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38153 \begin_layout Description
38155 \begin_inset space ~
38158 Quote Inserts this quote:
38159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38162 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38164 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38174 \begin_layout Description
38176 \begin_inset space ~
38179 Quote Inserts this quote:
38180 \begin_inset Quotes els
38186 \begin_layout Description
38188 \begin_inset space ~
38191 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38195 \begin_layout Description
38197 \begin_inset space ~
38200 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38204 \begin_layout Description
38206 \begin_inset space ~
38209 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38213 \begin_layout Description
38215 \begin_inset space ~
38219 \begin_inset Index idx
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 \begin_inset Index idx
38232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38233 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38238 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38239 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38240 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38245 \begin_inset Index idx
38248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38249 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38255 \begin_inset Newline newline
38258 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38262 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38270 and this Wiki-page:
38271 \begin_inset Newline newline
38275 \begin_inset Flex URL
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38288 \begin_layout Subsection
38292 \begin_layout Standard
38293 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38296 \begin_layout Description
38297 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38298 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38304 \begin_layout Description
38305 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38306 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38312 \begin_layout Description
38314 \begin_inset space ~
38317 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38318 \begin_inset space ~
38322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38324 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38331 \begin_layout Description
38333 \begin_inset space ~
38336 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38337 \begin_inset space ~
38341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38343 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38350 \begin_layout Description
38352 \begin_inset space ~
38355 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38356 \begin_inset space ~
38360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38362 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38369 \begin_layout Description
38371 \begin_inset space ~
38374 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38375 \begin_inset space ~
38379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38381 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38388 \begin_layout Description
38390 \begin_inset space ~
38393 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38394 \begin_inset space ~
38398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38400 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38407 \begin_layout Description
38409 \begin_inset space ~
38412 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38413 \begin_inset space ~
38417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38419 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38426 \begin_layout Description
38428 \begin_inset space ~
38431 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38432 \begin_inset space ~
38436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38438 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38445 \begin_layout Description
38447 \begin_inset space ~
38450 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38451 \begin_inset space ~
38455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38457 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38464 \begin_layout Description
38466 \begin_inset space ~
38470 \begin_inset space ~
38473 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38474 \begin_inset space ~
38478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38480 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38487 \begin_layout Description
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38492 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38493 text line to the page border, see section
38494 \begin_inset space ~
38498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38500 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38507 \begin_layout Description
38509 \begin_inset space ~
38512 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38513 \begin_inset space ~
38517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38519 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38526 \begin_layout Description
38528 \begin_inset space ~
38531 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38532 text page to the page border, described in section
38533 \begin_inset space ~
38537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38539 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38546 \begin_layout Description
38548 \begin_inset space ~
38551 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38552 \begin_inset space ~
38556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38558 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38565 \begin_layout Description
38567 \begin_inset space ~
38571 \begin_inset space ~
38574 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38575 \begin_inset space ~
38579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38581 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38588 \begin_layout Subsection
38592 \begin_layout Standard
38593 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38594 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38596 \begin_inset space ~
38600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38602 reference "sec:toc"
38607 The index list is described in section
38608 \begin_inset space ~
38612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38614 reference "sec:Index"
38618 , the nomenclature in section
38619 \begin_inset space ~
38623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38625 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38629 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38630 \begin_inset space ~
38634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38636 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38643 \begin_layout Subsection
38647 \begin_layout Standard
38648 To insert floats, described in section
38649 \begin_inset space ~
38653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38655 reference "sec:Floats"
38662 \begin_layout Subsection
38666 \begin_layout Standard
38667 To insert notes, described in section
38668 \begin_inset space ~
38672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38674 reference "sec:Notes"
38681 \begin_layout Subsection
38685 \begin_layout Standard
38686 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38687 \begin_inset space ~
38691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38693 reference "sec:Branches"
38700 \begin_layout Subsection
38704 \begin_layout Standard
38705 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38706 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38708 An example is the document class
38709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38716 with three custom insets.
38719 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38725 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38728 \begin_layout Subsection
38730 \begin_inset Index idx
38733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38742 \begin_layout Standard
38743 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38744 files in your document.
38745 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38756 \begin_layout Subsection
38758 \begin_inset Index idx
38761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38770 \begin_layout Standard
38771 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38772 \begin_inset space ~
38776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38778 reference "sec:Minipages"
38783 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38794 \begin_layout Subsection
38798 \begin_layout Standard
38799 Inserts a citation as described in section
38800 \begin_inset space ~
38804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38806 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38813 \begin_layout Subsection
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38819 \begin_inset space ~
38823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38825 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38832 \begin_layout Subsection
38836 \begin_layout Standard
38837 Inserts a label as described in section
38838 \begin_inset space ~
38842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38844 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38851 \begin_layout Subsection
38853 \begin_inset Index idx
38856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38863 \begin_inset Index idx
38866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38867 Longtables ! Caption
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38876 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38877 Floats are described in section
38878 \begin_inset space ~
38882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38884 reference "sec:Floats"
38888 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38899 \begin_layout Subsection
38903 \begin_layout Standard
38904 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38905 \begin_inset space ~
38909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38911 reference "sec:Index"
38918 \begin_layout Subsection
38922 \begin_layout Standard
38923 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38924 \begin_inset space ~
38928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38930 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38937 \begin_layout Subsection
38941 \begin_layout Standard
38943 Tables are described in section
38944 \begin_inset space ~
38948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38950 reference "sec:Tables"
38957 \begin_layout Subsection
38961 \begin_layout Standard
38963 Graphics are described in section
38964 \begin_inset space ~
38968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38970 reference "sec:Graphics"
38977 \begin_layout Subsection
38981 \begin_layout Standard
38982 Inserts an URL as described in section
38983 \begin_inset space ~
38987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38989 reference "sub:URLs"
38996 \begin_layout Subsection
39000 \begin_layout Standard
39001 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39002 \begin_inset space ~
39006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39008 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39015 \begin_layout Subsection
39019 \begin_layout Standard
39020 Inserts a footnote, see section
39021 \begin_inset space ~
39025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39027 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39034 \begin_layout Subsection
39038 \begin_layout Standard
39039 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39040 \begin_inset space ~
39044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39046 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39053 \begin_layout Subsection
39057 \begin_layout Standard
39058 Inserts a short title, see section
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39065 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39072 \begin_layout Subsection
39076 \begin_layout Standard
39077 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39078 \begin_inset space ~
39082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39084 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39091 \begin_layout Subsection
39093 \begin_inset Index idx
39096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39105 \begin_layout Standard
39106 Inserts a program listings box.
39107 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39109 Program Code Listings
39118 \begin_layout Subsection
39122 \begin_layout Standard
39123 Inserts the actual date.
39124 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39126 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39138 \begin_layout Section
39140 \begin_inset Index idx
39143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39152 \begin_layout Standard
39153 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39157 of the current document.
39158 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39161 \begin_layout Subsection
39165 \begin_layout Standard
39166 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39167 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39173 \begin_inset space \space{}
39177 \begin_inset space ~
39181 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39182 \begin_inset space ~
39185 2.5 and use the menu
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39192 \begin_inset space ~
39199 \begin_inset space ~
39205 \begin_inset space ~
39209 \begin_inset space ~
39215 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39219 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39225 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39231 \begin_layout Standard
39232 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39233 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39236 \begin_layout Subsection
39237 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39240 \begin_layout Standard
39241 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39245 \begin_layout Subsection
39249 \begin_layout Standard
39250 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39251 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39252 on a cross-reference box.
39255 \begin_layout Section
39257 \begin_inset Index idx
39260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39269 \begin_layout Subsection
39273 \begin_layout Standard
39274 Change Tracking is described in section
39275 \begin_inset space ~
39279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39281 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39288 \begin_layout Subsection
39293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39303 \begin_layout Standard
39304 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39306 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39309 \begin_layout Standard
39310 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39315 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39318 \begin_layout Subsection
39322 \begin_layout Standard
39323 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39324 \begin_inset space ~
39328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39330 reference "sec:Navigating"
39335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39337 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39344 \begin_layout Subsection
39345 Start Appendix Here
39348 \begin_layout Standard
39349 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39350 position as described in section
39351 \begin_inset space ~
39355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39357 reference "sec:Appendices"
39364 \begin_layout Subsection
39368 \begin_layout Standard
39369 Un/compresses the current document.
39372 \begin_layout Subsection
39376 \begin_layout Standard
39377 The document settings are described in appendix
39378 \begin_inset space ~
39382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39384 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39391 \begin_layout Section
39393 \begin_inset Index idx
39396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39405 \begin_layout Subsection
39409 \begin_layout Standard
39410 Spell checking is explained in section
39411 \begin_inset space ~
39415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39417 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39424 \begin_layout Subsection
39428 \begin_layout Standard
39429 The thesaurus is described in section
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39436 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39443 \begin_layout Subsection
39445 \begin_inset Index idx
39448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39455 \begin_inset Index idx
39458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39467 \begin_layout Standard
39468 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39469 highlighted document part.
39472 \begin_layout Subsection
39474 \begin_inset Index idx
39477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39486 \begin_layout Standard
39487 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39490 \begin_layout Subsection
39492 \begin_inset Index idx
39495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39496 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39507 Reconfiguration of LyX
39511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39524 \begin_inset Index idx
39527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39528 Reconfiguration of LyX
39536 \begin_layout Standard
39537 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39538 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39539 \begin_inset space ~
39543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39545 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39552 \begin_layout Subsection
39556 \begin_layout Standard
39557 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39564 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39571 \begin_layout Section
39573 \begin_inset Index idx
39576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39585 \begin_layout Standard
39586 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39590 \begin_layout Standard
39594 \begin_inset space ~
39599 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39600 found by LyX (see also section
39601 \begin_inset space ~
39605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39607 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39614 \begin_layout Section
39616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39618 name "sec:Toolbars"
39625 \begin_layout Standard
39626 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39631 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39633 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39640 \begin_layout Standard
39641 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39642 This is described in the
39644 Additional Features
39649 \begin_layout Subsection
39651 \begin_inset Index idx
39654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39663 \begin_layout Standard
39664 \begin_inset Graphics
39665 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39673 \begin_layout Standard
39674 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39680 \begin_layout Standard
39681 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39698 \begin_inset Note Note
39701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39702 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39707 manual for more information.
39715 \begin_layout Standard
39716 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39722 \begin_layout Standard
39723 \begin_inset Tabular
39724 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39725 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39727 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39733 \begin_inset Graphics
39734 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39748 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39761 \begin_layout Standard
39762 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39768 \begin_layout Standard
39770 \begin_inset Tabular
39771 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39772 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39773 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39774 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39775 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39798 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39828 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39835 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39858 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39865 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39874 arg "dialog-show print"
39882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39888 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39904 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39918 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39925 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39948 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40008 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40015 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40038 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40084 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40098 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40122 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40136 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40137 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40144 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40165 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40167 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40201 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40203 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40205 \begin_inset space ~
40216 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40225 arg "textstyle-apply"
40233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40237 Formats text using the current settings in the
40239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40241 \begin_inset space ~
40252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40276 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40278 \begin_inset space ~
40287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40296 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40324 arg "tabular-insert"
40332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40345 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40354 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40366 Toggle outline window on/off,
40368 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40384 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40396 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40411 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40423 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40436 \begin_layout Subsection
40438 \begin_inset Index idx
40441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40450 \begin_layout Standard
40451 \begin_inset Graphics
40452 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40460 \begin_layout Standard
40461 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40467 \begin_layout Standard
40468 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40479 \begin_layout Standard
40480 \begin_inset Tabular
40481 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40482 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40483 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40484 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40521 arg "layout Enumerate"
40529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 arg "layout Itemize"
40556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40566 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40602 arg "layout Description"
40610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40629 arg "depth-increment"
40637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40643 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40645 \begin_inset space ~
40649 \begin_inset space ~
40658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40667 arg "depth-decrement"
40675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40681 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40683 \begin_inset space ~
40687 \begin_inset space ~
40696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40705 arg "float-insert figure"
40713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40720 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40727 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40736 arg "float-insert table"
40744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40751 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40788 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40797 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40827 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40871 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40873 \begin_inset space ~
40882 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40891 arg "nomencl-insert"
40899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40907 \begin_inset space ~
40916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40925 arg "footnote-insert"
40933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40955 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40971 \begin_inset space ~
40980 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41003 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41004 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41006 \begin_inset space ~
41015 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41024 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41068 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41075 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41144 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41151 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41174 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41175 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41177 \begin_inset space ~
41186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41195 arg "dialog-show character"
41203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41209 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41211 \begin_inset space ~
41220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41229 arg "layout-paragraph"
41237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41243 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41245 \begin_inset space ~
41254 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41263 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41277 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41291 \begin_layout Subsection
41292 View / Update Toolbar
41293 \begin_inset Index idx
41296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41297 Toolbar ! View / Update
41303 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
41307 \begin_layout Standard
41308 \begin_inset Graphics
41309 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41316 \begin_layout Standard
41317 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41323 \begin_layout Standard
41324 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41328 \begin_layout Standard
41329 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41335 \begin_layout Standard
41336 \begin_inset Tabular
41337 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41338 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41339 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41340 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41366 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
41368 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
41377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41386 arg "buffer-update"
41394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41400 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41402 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
41403 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41421 arg "master-buffer-view"
41429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41437 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
41439 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
41448 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41457 arg "master-buffer-update"
41465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41473 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
41474 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41476 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
41485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41494 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41507 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
41511 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
41514 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41516 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
41518 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
41519 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41520 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41521 Synchronize with Output
41529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
41536 \begin_inset Graphics
41537 filename ../images/view-others.png
41539 groupId toolbarbuttons
41546 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
41550 arg "buffer-update ps"
41560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41567 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
41568 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41570 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
41571 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41572 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41574 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
41575 View (Other Formats)
41583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41589 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41590 \begin_inset Graphics
41591 filename ../images/update-others.png
41593 groupId toolbarbuttons
41602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41607 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41610 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41611 Update (Other Formats)
41622 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41626 \begin_layout Standard
41628 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41629 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41635 \begin_layout Subsection
41639 \begin_layout Standard
41640 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41641 \begin_inset space ~
41645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41647 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41651 , the table toolbar
41652 \begin_inset Index idx
41655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41665 manual, the math macro toolbar
41666 \begin_inset Index idx
41669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 \begin_layout Chapter
41683 The Document Settings
41684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41686 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41691 \begin_inset Index idx
41694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41695 Document ! Settings
41703 \begin_layout Standard
41704 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41705 whole document and is called with the menu
41707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41711 You can save your document settings as default with th
41713 e Save as Document Defaults
41715 button in the dialog.
41716 This will create a template named
41720 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41724 \begin_layout Standard
41725 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41728 \begin_layout Section
41732 \begin_layout Standard
41733 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41735 Document classes are described in section
41736 \begin_inset space ~
41740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41742 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41747 Some classes use some class options by default.
41748 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41752 and you can decide to use them or not.
41753 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41754 recommended not to touch them.
41755 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41761 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41762 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41768 When you want one of the following drivers
41769 \begin_inset Newline newline
41772 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41773 \begin_inset Newline newline
41776 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41781 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41783 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41795 \begin_layout Standard
41796 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41797 child or subdocument.
41798 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41799 without its master.
41800 This way child documents are always compilable.
41801 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41812 \begin_layout Section
41816 \begin_layout Standard
41817 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41818 Please refer to the section
41826 manual for details.
41829 \begin_layout Section
41833 \begin_layout Standard
41834 Modules are explained in section
41835 \begin_inset space ~
41839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41841 reference "sub:Modules"
41848 \begin_layout Section
41852 \begin_layout Standard
41853 The document font settings are described in section
41854 \begin_inset space ~
41858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41860 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41867 \begin_layout Section
41871 \begin_layout Standard
41872 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41874 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41878 \begin_layout Standard
41879 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41880 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41881 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41884 \begin_layout Standard
41885 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41893 \begin_layout Section
41897 \begin_layout Standard
41898 A description of this menu is given in section
41899 \begin_inset space ~
41903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41905 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41912 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41919 \begin_layout Section
41923 \begin_layout Standard
41924 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41925 \begin_inset space ~
41929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41931 reference "sub:Margins"
41938 \begin_layout Section
41940 \begin_inset Index idx
41943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41944 Language ! Encoding
41952 \begin_layout Standard
41953 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41954 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41955 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41956 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41957 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41958 known for a particular character).
41962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41963 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41964 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41969 manual for details.
41977 \begin_layout Standard
41978 If you use the option
41982 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41983 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41984 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41985 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41986 exactly one encoding.
41987 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41990 \begin_layout Standard
41991 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41992 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41993 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41994 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41995 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41996 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42001 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42002 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42003 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42004 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42005 engines to standard LaTeX.
42006 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42007 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42010 \begin_inset space ~
42017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42029 \begin_inset space ~
42036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 \begin_inset space ~
42054 \begin_inset space ~
42058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42060 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42064 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42067 \begin_layout Standard
42068 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42071 \begin_layout Description
42073 \begin_inset space ~
42077 \begin_inset space ~
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42088 , but the LaTeX-package
42093 \begin_inset Index idx
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42103 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42104 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42105 languages in TeX code.
42108 \begin_layout Description
42109 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42110 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42111 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42114 \begin_layout Description
42116 \begin_inset space ~
42120 \begin_inset space ~
42123 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42126 \begin_layout Description
42128 \begin_inset space ~
42132 \begin_inset space ~
42135 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42138 \begin_layout Description
42140 \begin_inset space ~
42143 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42146 \begin_layout Description
42148 \begin_inset space ~
42152 \begin_inset space ~
42155 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42156 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42159 \begin_layout Description
42161 \begin_inset space ~
42165 \begin_inset space ~
42168 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42172 \begin_layout Description
42174 \begin_inset space ~
42178 \begin_inset space ~
42181 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42182 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42185 \begin_layout Description
42187 \begin_inset space ~
42191 \begin_inset space ~
42195 \begin_inset space ~
42198 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42199 \begin_inset space ~
42205 \begin_layout Description
42207 \begin_inset space ~
42211 \begin_inset space ~
42215 \begin_inset space ~
42218 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42219 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42222 \begin_layout Description
42224 \begin_inset space ~
42228 \begin_inset space ~
42231 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42232 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42233 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42234 \begin_inset space ~
42238 \begin_inset space ~
42244 \begin_layout Description
42246 \begin_inset space ~
42250 \begin_inset space ~
42253 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42254 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42255 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42256 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42257 \begin_inset space ~
42261 \begin_inset space ~
42267 \begin_layout Description
42269 \begin_inset space ~
42273 \begin_inset space ~
42276 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42279 \begin_layout Description
42281 \begin_inset space ~
42285 \begin_inset space ~
42288 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42291 \begin_layout Description
42293 \begin_inset space ~
42297 \begin_inset space ~
42300 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42303 \begin_layout Description
42305 \begin_inset space ~
42308 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42311 \begin_layout Description
42313 \begin_inset space ~
42316 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42319 \begin_layout Description
42321 \begin_inset space ~
42325 \begin_inset space ~
42328 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42331 \begin_layout Description
42333 \begin_inset space ~
42337 \begin_inset space ~
42343 \begin_layout Description
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42349 \begin_inset space ~
42352 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42355 \begin_layout Description
42357 \begin_inset space ~
42361 \begin_inset space ~
42367 \begin_layout Description
42369 \begin_inset space ~
42373 \begin_inset space ~
42376 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42381 \begin_inset Index idx
42384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42385 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42390 , when using this, set the document language to
42395 \begin_layout Description
42397 \begin_inset space ~
42401 \begin_inset space ~
42404 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42408 , when using this, set the document language to
42411 \begin_inset space ~
42417 \begin_layout Description
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42423 \begin_inset space ~
42426 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42431 \begin_inset Index idx
42434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42435 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42440 , when using this, set the document language to
42445 \begin_layout Description
42447 \begin_inset space ~
42451 \begin_inset space ~
42454 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42458 , when using this, set the document language to
42463 \begin_layout Description
42465 \begin_inset space ~
42469 \begin_inset space ~
42472 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42476 , when using this, set the document language to
42481 \begin_layout Description
42483 \begin_inset space ~
42486 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42489 \begin_layout Description
42491 \begin_inset space ~
42495 \begin_inset space ~
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42502 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42505 \begin_layout Description
42507 \begin_inset space ~
42511 \begin_inset space ~
42515 \begin_inset space ~
42518 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42519 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42520 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42523 \begin_layout Description
42525 \begin_inset space ~
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42535 \begin_layout Description
42537 \begin_inset space ~
42541 \begin_inset space ~
42544 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42545 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42548 \begin_layout Description
42550 \begin_inset space ~
42554 \begin_inset space ~
42557 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42562 \begin_inset Index idx
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42566 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42571 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42574 \begin_layout Description
42576 \begin_inset space ~
42580 \begin_inset space ~
42583 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42591 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42596 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42598 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42601 \begin_layout Description
42603 \begin_inset space ~
42607 \begin_inset space ~
42610 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42615 \begin_inset Index idx
42618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42619 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42624 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42627 \begin_layout Description
42629 \begin_inset space ~
42632 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42637 \begin_inset Index idx
42640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42641 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42647 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42651 \begin_layout Description
42653 \begin_inset space ~
42657 \begin_inset space ~
42661 \begin_inset space ~
42664 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42665 \begin_inset space ~
42671 \begin_layout Description
42673 \begin_inset space ~
42677 \begin_inset space ~
42681 \begin_inset space ~
42684 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42685 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42686 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42690 \begin_layout Description
42692 \begin_inset space ~
42696 \begin_inset space ~
42700 \begin_inset space ~
42703 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42704 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42705 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42709 \begin_layout Standard
42711 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42712 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42716 LatexCommand formatted
42717 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42721 for more information on the language package.
42726 \begin_layout Section
42730 \begin_layout Standard
42731 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42732 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42733 \begin_inset space ~
42737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42739 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42746 \begin_layout Section
42750 \begin_layout Standard
42751 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42756 \begin_inset Index idx
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42760 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42770 \begin_inset Index idx
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42774 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42779 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42784 \begin_inset Index idx
42787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42788 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42793 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42795 For a further description see section
42796 \begin_inset space ~
42800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42802 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42809 \begin_layout Section
42813 \begin_layout Standard
42814 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42815 and you can define additional indexes.
42816 Please refer to section
42817 \begin_inset space ~
42821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42823 reference "sec:Index"
42830 \begin_layout Section
42834 \begin_layout Standard
42835 The PDF properties are explained in section
42836 \begin_inset space ~
42840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42842 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42849 \begin_layout Section
42853 \begin_layout Standard
42854 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42859 \begin_inset Index idx
42862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42863 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42873 \begin_inset Index idx
42876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42877 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42882 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42885 \begin_layout Standard
42890 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42891 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42894 \begin_layout Standard
42899 is used for special integral characters.
42902 \begin_layout Section
42906 \begin_layout Standard
42907 The float placement options are described in section
42908 \begin_inset space ~
42912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42914 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42921 \begin_layout Section
42925 \begin_layout Standard
42926 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42927 The itemize environment is described in section
42928 \begin_inset space ~
42932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42934 reference "sec:Itemize"
42941 \begin_layout Section
42945 \begin_layout Standard
42946 Branches are described in section
42947 \begin_inset space ~
42951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42953 reference "sec:Branches"
42958 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42962 \begin_layout Section
42964 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42968 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42975 \begin_layout Standard
42977 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42978 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42981 \begin_layout Description
42983 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42985 \begin_inset space ~
42989 \begin_inset space ~
42992 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43012 View Master Document
43013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43020 Update Master Document
43021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43028 menu or the toolbar.
43029 The default is set in
43031 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43032 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43037 LatexCommand formatted
43038 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43045 \begin_layout Description
43047 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
43049 \begin_inset space ~
43053 \begin_inset space ~
43057 \begin_inset Note Note
43060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
43073 \begin_layout Description
43075 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
43077 \begin_inset space ~
43081 \begin_inset space ~
43085 \begin_inset Note Note
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43090 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
43103 \begin_layout Section
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 \begin_layout Standard
43119 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43120 to define LaTeX-commands.
43121 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43122 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43126 \begin_layout Standard
43127 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43128 \begin_inset space ~
43132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43134 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43141 \begin_layout Chapter
43147 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43149 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43154 \begin_inset Index idx
43157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43166 \begin_layout Standard
43167 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43169 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43173 It has the following submenus.
43176 \begin_layout Section
43180 \begin_layout Subsection
43184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43185 User Interface File
43186 \begin_inset Index idx
43189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43190 Customization ! of toolbars
43196 \begin_inset Index idx
43199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43200 Customization ! of menus
43208 \begin_layout Standard
43209 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43217 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43226 \begin_layout Standard
43227 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43228 interface (ui) file.
43229 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43230 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43239 Both files are loaded by the
43244 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43245 files and edit the entries.
43248 \begin_layout Standard
43249 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43261 entries must be ended with an explicit
43286 and in the case of the
43287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43299 The syntax for the entries is:
43302 \begin_layout Standard
43303 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43331 \begin_layout Standard
43333 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43336 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43338 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43340 \begin_inset space ~
43348 \begin_layout Standard
43349 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43355 \begin_layout Standard
43356 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43358 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43361 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43365 \begin_layout Standard
43366 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43390 \begin_layout Standard
43392 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43395 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43398 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43402 \begin_layout Standard
43405 Enable tool tips in main work area
43407 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43411 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43415 \begin_layout Standard
43419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43423 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43426 restoring of window layout and geometries
43428 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43429 in the last LyX session.
43432 \begin_layout Standard
43435 Restore cursor positions
43437 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43441 \begin_layout Standard
43444 Load opened files from last session
43446 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43449 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43453 name "sub:Backup documents"
43458 \begin_inset Index idx
43461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43470 \begin_layout Standard
43475 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43478 \begin_layout Standard
43483 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43486 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43488 \begin_inset space ~
43496 \begin_layout Standard
43499 Open documents in tabs
43501 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43505 \begin_layout Subsection
43507 \begin_inset Index idx
43510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43519 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43526 \begin_layout Standard
43527 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43530 \begin_layout Standard
43531 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43539 This section only deals with the fonts
43544 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43548 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43559 \begin_layout Standard
43560 By default, LyX uses
43564 as roman (serif) font,
43572 (depends on the system) as
43575 \begin_inset space ~
43591 \begin_layout Standard
43592 You can change the font size with the
43597 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43598 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43601 \begin_layout Standard
43606 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43607 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43609 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43612 points have the size of 1
43613 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43617 \begin_inset space ~
43621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43623 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43630 \begin_layout Standard
43635 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43640 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43641 \begin_inset space ~
43645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43647 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43654 \begin_layout Standard
43657 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43659 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43660 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43661 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43662 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43664 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43665 \begin_inset space ~
43671 \begin_layout Subsection
43673 \begin_inset Index idx
43676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43683 \begin_inset Index idx
43686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43695 \begin_layout Standard
43696 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43697 Choose an item in the list and use the
43704 \begin_layout Subsection
43706 \begin_inset Index idx
43709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43718 \begin_layout Standard
43719 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43722 \begin_layout Standard
43727 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43728 This feature is described in section
43729 \begin_inset space ~
43733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43735 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43742 \begin_layout Standard
43746 \begin_inset space ~
43750 \begin_inset space ~
43754 \begin_inset space ~
43759 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43762 \begin_layout Section
43764 \begin_inset Index idx
43767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43776 \begin_layout Subsection
43780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43784 \begin_layout Standard
43787 Cursor follows scrollbar
43789 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43793 \begin_layout Standard
43796 Sort environments alphabetically
43798 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43801 \begin_layout Standard
43804 Group environments by their category
43806 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43809 \begin_layout Standard
43810 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43826 \begin_layout Standard
43827 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43832 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43833 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43837 \begin_layout Subsection
43839 \begin_inset Index idx
43842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43849 \begin_inset Index idx
43852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43853 Settings ! Shortcuts
43861 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43865 \begin_layout Standard
43866 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43867 Several binding files are available:
43870 \begin_layout Description
43871 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43874 \begin_layout Description
43875 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43886 \begin_layout Description
43887 mac.bind set of bindings for
43890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43898 \begin_layout Standard
43899 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43903 , and bind files for special languages.
43904 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43905 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43909 \begin_inset space \space{}
43913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43921 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43925 \begin_layout Standard
43926 Some bind-files, like
43930 , have only a small scope.
43931 When looking at the end of the file
43935 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43938 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43942 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43947 \begin_inset Index idx
43950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43951 Key Bindings ! Editing
43959 \begin_layout Standard
43960 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43961 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43962 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43965 Show key-bindings containing
43968 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43969 Insert there for example as keyword
43970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43977 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43987 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43988 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43992 that you will find in the
43999 \begin_layout Standard
44001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44005 \begin_inset space \space{}
44016 , select the function and press the
44021 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44022 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44023 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44024 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44025 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44027 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44029 The binding for the function
44033 is an example of this.
44036 \begin_layout Standard
44037 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44039 The syntax of the entries is:
44042 \begin_layout Standard
44048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44066 \begin_layout Subsection
44068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44070 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44075 \begin_inset Index idx
44078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44085 \begin_inset Index idx
44088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44089 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44097 \begin_layout Standard
44098 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44099 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44105 \begin_inset space \space{}
44108 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44109 can use the keyboard map file named
44116 \begin_layout Standard
44117 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44125 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44133 \begin_layout Standard
44134 Besides this, you can specify here the
44136 Wheel scrolling speed
44139 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44143 \begin_layout Subsection
44145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44147 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44152 \begin_inset Index idx
44155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44164 \begin_layout Standard
44165 Input completion is described in sec.
44166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44172 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44177 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44179 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44180 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44184 \begin_layout Section
44186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44193 \begin_inset Index idx
44196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44203 \begin_inset Index idx
44206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44215 \begin_layout Description
44217 \begin_inset space ~
44220 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44221 It is the default when you
44232 \begin_inset space ~
44240 \begin_layout Description
44242 \begin_inset space ~
44245 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44247 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44249 \begin_inset space ~
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44261 \begin_layout Description
44263 \begin_inset space ~
44266 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44272 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44276 \begin_inset Newline newline
44280 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44292 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44300 \begin_layout Description
44302 \begin_inset space ~
44306 \begin_inset Index idx
44309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44315 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44316 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44317 \begin_inset space ~
44321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44323 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44331 will be used to save the backups.
44332 \begin_inset Newline newline
44335 The backup files have the ending
44336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44346 \begin_layout Description
44351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44358 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44359 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44360 \begin_inset Newline newline
44364 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44372 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44380 \begin_layout Description
44382 \begin_inset space ~
44385 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44388 \begin_layout Description
44390 \begin_inset space ~
44393 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44394 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44395 to find it on the system.
44396 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44397 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44406 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44407 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44411 \begin_layout Section
44415 \begin_layout Standard
44416 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44417 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44419 \begin_inset space ~
44423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44425 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44429 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44432 \begin_layout Section
44434 \begin_inset Index idx
44437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44438 Language ! Settings
44444 \begin_inset Index idx
44447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44448 Settings ! Language
44456 \begin_layout Subsection
44458 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
44460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44462 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44471 \begin_layout Description
44473 \begin_inset space ~
44477 \begin_inset space ~
44480 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44481 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44482 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44483 You find the actual translation status here:
44484 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44486 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44487 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44494 \begin_layout Description
44496 \begin_inset space ~
44499 language is the language used in new documents
44502 \begin_layout Description
44504 \begin_inset space ~
44508 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
44510 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
44512 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
44513 LaTeX-command to load a
44514 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
44518 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
44520 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
44524 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
44526 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
44527 should be loaded to
44530 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
44534 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
44536 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44537 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44557 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
44558 default is the LaTeX-command
44565 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44566 most widespread language
44569 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44575 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44578 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44579 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44580 with an alternative language package (
44584 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44585 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44587 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44593 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44594 \begin_inset space ~
44598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44600 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44612 \begin_inset Newline newline
44616 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44617 The available selections are:
44621 \begin_layout Itemize
44624 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44633 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44637 \begin_layout Itemize
44640 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44645 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44646 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44647 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44650 \begin_layout Itemize
44653 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44658 Lets you load some other language package (via
44671 \begin_layout Itemize
44674 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44679 Loads no language package at all
44680 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44685 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44686 to the document language.
44687 A text label is, for instance, the word
44688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44695 at the beginning of every table caption.
44701 \begin_layout Description
44703 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44705 \begin_inset space ~
44709 \begin_inset space ~
44712 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44716 \begin_layout Description
44718 \begin_inset space ~
44721 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44722 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44723 An example is the start command
44729 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44734 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44749 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44754 \begin_layout Description
44756 \begin_inset space ~
44764 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44765 command toggles the package on and off.
44768 \begin_layout Description
44770 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44772 \begin_inset space ~
44784 \begin_layout Description
44786 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44788 \begin_inset space ~
44792 \begin_inset space ~
44796 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44798 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44802 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44805 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44806 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44808 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44815 \begin_layout Description
44817 \begin_inset space ~
44820 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44822 When this option is not set, the
44825 \begin_inset space ~
44830 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44831 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44834 \begin_inset space ~
44842 \begin_layout Description
44844 \begin_inset space ~
44850 \begin_inset space ~
44856 When it is not set, the
44859 \begin_inset space ~
44864 is set to the end of the document.
44867 \begin_layout Description
44869 \begin_inset space ~
44873 \begin_inset space ~
44876 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44877 language will be underlined blue.
44880 \begin_layout Description
44882 \begin_inset space ~
44886 \begin_inset space ~
44889 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44890 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44893 \begin_layout Description
44895 \begin_inset space ~
44898 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44899 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44900 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44901 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44904 \begin_layout Subsection
44908 \begin_layout Standard
44909 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44910 \begin_inset space ~
44914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44916 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44923 \begin_layout Section
44927 \begin_layout Subsection
44929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44936 \begin_inset Index idx
44939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44946 \begin_inset Index idx
44949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44958 \begin_layout Description
44960 \begin_inset space ~
44963 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44964 The name will be used when the
44969 \begin_inset Newline newline
44973 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44981 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44989 \begin_layout Description
44991 \begin_inset space ~
44995 \begin_inset space ~
44999 \begin_inset space ~
45002 printer This option works only for the
45007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45019 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45020 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45023 \begin_layout Description
45025 \begin_inset space ~
45028 command is the command LyX
45029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45033 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45036 LaTeX uses for printing.
45037 The default is on most systems
45044 \begin_layout Description
45046 \begin_inset space ~
45050 \begin_inset space ~
45053 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45054 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45055 of the program that provides the
45062 \begin_layout Subsection
45064 \begin_inset Index idx
45067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45074 \begin_inset Index idx
45077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45078 Settings ! Date format
45086 \begin_layout Standard
45087 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45088 \begin_inset Newline newline
45092 \begin_inset Flex URL
45095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45097 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45103 \begin_inset Newline newline
45106 For example the format
45107 \begin_inset Newline newline
45111 \begin_inset Newline newline
45114 prints the date as day/month/year.
45117 \begin_layout Subsection
45121 \begin_layout Description
45123 \begin_inset space ~
45127 \begin_inset space ~
45130 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45133 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45134 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45136 \begin_inset space ~
45142 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45146 \begin_layout Description
45148 \begin_inset space ~
45151 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45156 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45157 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45160 \begin_layout Subsection
45165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45175 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45180 \begin_inset Index idx
45183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45192 \begin_layout Description
45194 \begin_inset space ~
45201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45209 \begin_inset space ~
45213 \begin_inset space ~
45216 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45221 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45243 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45256 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45257 LyX sets up in the background.
45258 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45261 \begin_layout Description
45263 \begin_inset space ~
45267 \begin_inset space ~
45270 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45275 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45278 \begin_layout Standard
45279 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45280 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45281 manuals of the applications.
45282 Currently the following commands can be set:
45285 \begin_layout Description
45290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45298 \begin_inset space ~
45301 command Command for the program
45305 that is described in the section
45311 Additional Features
45316 \begin_layout Description
45321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45329 \begin_inset space ~
45332 command Command for the program
45336 that generates the bibliography, see section
45337 \begin_inset space ~
45341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45343 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45350 \begin_layout Description
45352 \begin_inset space ~
45355 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45356 \begin_inset space ~
45360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45362 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45369 \begin_layout Description
45371 \begin_inset space ~
45374 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45375 \begin_inset space ~
45379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45381 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45388 \begin_layout Description
45390 \begin_inset space ~
45394 \begin_inset space ~
45398 \begin_inset space ~
45402 \begin_inset space ~
45405 options They only have an effect when the program
45409 is used as DVI-viewer.
45412 \begin_layout Standard
45413 There are additionally the following options:
45416 \begin_layout Description
45418 \begin_inset space ~
45422 \begin_inset space ~
45426 \begin_inset space ~
45430 \begin_inset space ~
45434 \begin_inset space ~
45437 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45455 to separate folders.
45456 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45457 \begin_inset Index idx
45460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45467 \begin_inset Index idx
45470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45479 \begin_layout Description
45481 \begin_inset space ~
45485 \begin_inset space ~
45489 \begin_inset space ~
45493 \begin_inset space ~
45497 \begin_inset space ~
45501 \begin_inset space ~
45504 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45506 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45509 dialog when changing the document class.
45512 \begin_layout Section
45514 \begin_inset space ~
45518 \begin_inset Index idx
45521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45530 \begin_layout Subsection
45532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45534 name "sub:Converters"
45539 \begin_inset Index idx
45542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45551 \begin_layout Standard
45552 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45553 from one format to another.
45554 You can modify them or create new ones.
45555 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45562 \begin_inset space ~
45572 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45576 \begin_inset space ~
45581 drop-down list, modify the
45585 field, and press the
45592 \begin_layout Standard
45595 Converter File Cache
45597 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45600 Maximum Age (in days
45603 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45604 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45607 \begin_layout Standard
45608 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45609 the converter definition, is described in the section
45620 \begin_layout Subsection
45622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45624 name "sec:File-Formats"
45629 \begin_inset Index idx
45632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45639 \begin_inset Index idx
45642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45651 \begin_layout Standard
45652 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45653 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45655 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45659 \begin_layout Standard
45661 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45662 Furthermore, you can define the
45663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45666 Default output format
45667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45670 that is used when you hit
45671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45690 View Master Document
45691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45698 Update Master Document
45699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45702 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45707 \begin_layout Standard
45708 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45709 is described in the section
45720 \begin_layout Standard
45721 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45722 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45723 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45724 This is done by specifying a
45729 More about this is described in the section
45740 \begin_layout Chapter
45741 Units available in LyX
45742 \begin_inset Index idx
45745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45754 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45761 \begin_layout Standard
45762 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45765 reference "cap:Units"
45769 explains all units available in LyX.
45772 \begin_layout Standard
45773 \begin_inset Float table
45779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45780 \begin_inset Caption
45782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45798 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45806 \begin_inset Tabular
45807 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45808 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45810 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45961 scaled point (65536
45962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46022 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46026 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46054 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46077 % of original image width
46084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46291 \begin_layout Chapter
46293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46302 \begin_layout Standard
46303 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46304 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46307 \begin_layout Itemize
46310 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46313 \begin_layout Itemize
46319 \begin_layout Itemize
46325 \begin_layout Itemize
46331 \begin_layout Itemize
46337 \begin_layout Itemize
46343 \begin_layout Itemize
46349 \begin_layout Itemize
46355 \begin_layout Itemize
46358 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46361 \begin_layout Itemize
46367 \begin_layout Itemize
46373 \begin_layout Itemize
46379 \begin_layout Itemize
46385 \begin_layout Itemize
46391 \begin_layout Itemize
46397 \begin_layout Itemize
46403 \begin_layout Itemize
46409 \begin_layout Itemize
46411 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46420 \begin_layout Standard
46421 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46424 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46431 \begin_layout Bibliography
46432 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46433 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46434 LatexCommand bibitem
46441 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46444 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46449 \begin_inset Newline newline
46453 \begin_inset Flex URL
46456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46458 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46466 \begin_layout Bibliography
46467 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46468 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46469 LatexCommand bibitem
46470 key "latexcompanion"
46474 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46476 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46479 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46482 \begin_layout Bibliography
46483 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46484 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46485 LatexCommand bibitem
46490 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46493 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46496 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46499 \begin_layout Bibliography
46500 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46501 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46502 LatexCommand bibitem
46509 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46512 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46515 \begin_layout Bibliography
46516 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46517 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46518 LatexCommand bibitem
46530 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46533 \begin_layout Bibliography
46534 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46535 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46536 LatexCommand bibitem
46542 \begin_inset Newline newline
46546 \begin_inset Flex URL
46549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46551 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46559 \begin_layout Bibliography
46560 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46561 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46562 LatexCommand bibitem
46568 \begin_inset Newline newline
46572 \begin_inset Flex URL
46575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46577 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46585 \begin_layout Bibliography
46586 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46587 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46588 LatexCommand bibitem
46594 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46596 name "Documentation"
46597 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46606 \begin_inset Newline newline
46610 \begin_inset Flex URL
46613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46615 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46623 \begin_layout Bibliography
46624 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46625 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46626 LatexCommand bibitem
46632 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46634 name "Documentation"
46635 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46639 how to use the program
46644 \begin_inset Newline newline
46648 \begin_inset Flex URL
46651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46653 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46661 \begin_layout Bibliography
46662 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46664 LatexCommand bibitem
46670 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46672 name "Documentation"
46673 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46682 \begin_inset Newline newline
46686 \begin_inset Flex URL
46689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46691 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46699 \begin_layout Bibliography
46700 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46701 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46702 LatexCommand bibitem
46708 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46710 name "Documentation"
46711 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46720 \begin_inset Newline newline
46724 \begin_inset Flex URL
46727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46729 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46737 \begin_layout Bibliography
46738 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46739 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46740 LatexCommand bibitem
46746 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46748 name "Documentation"
46749 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46753 of the LaTeX-package
46758 \begin_inset Index idx
46761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46762 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46768 \begin_inset Newline newline
46772 \begin_inset Flex URL
46775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46777 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46785 \begin_layout Bibliography
46786 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46787 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46788 LatexCommand bibitem
46794 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46796 name "Documentation"
46797 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46801 of the LaTeX-package
46806 \begin_inset Index idx
46809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46810 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46816 \begin_inset Newline newline
46820 \begin_inset Flex URL
46823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46825 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46833 \begin_layout Bibliography
46834 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46835 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46836 LatexCommand bibitem
46844 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46846 name "Documentation"
46847 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46853 of the LaTeX-package
46858 \begin_inset Index idx
46861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46862 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46868 \begin_inset Newline newline
46872 \begin_inset Flex URL
46875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46877 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46885 \begin_layout Bibliography
46886 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46888 LatexCommand bibitem
46894 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46896 name "Documentation"
46897 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46901 of the LaTeX-package
46906 \begin_inset Index idx
46909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46910 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46916 \begin_inset Newline newline
46920 \begin_inset Flex URL
46923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46925 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46933 \begin_layout Bibliography
46934 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46935 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46936 LatexCommand bibitem
46942 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46944 name "Documentation"
46945 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46949 of the LaTeX-package
46954 \begin_inset Index idx
46957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46958 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46964 \begin_inset Newline newline
46968 \begin_inset Flex URL
46971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46973 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46981 \begin_layout Bibliography
46982 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46983 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46984 LatexCommand bibitem
46990 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46992 name "Documentation"
46993 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46997 of the LaTeX-package
47002 \begin_inset Index idx
47005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47006 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47012 \begin_inset Newline newline
47016 \begin_inset Flex URL
47019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47021 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47029 \begin_layout Bibliography
47030 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47031 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47032 LatexCommand bibitem
47038 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47041 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47045 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47046 \begin_inset Newline newline
47050 \begin_inset Flex URL
47053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47055 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47063 \begin_layout Bibliography
47064 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47065 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47066 LatexCommand bibitem
47072 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47075 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47079 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47080 \begin_inset Newline newline
47084 \begin_inset Flex URL
47087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47089 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47097 \begin_layout Bibliography
47098 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47099 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47100 LatexCommand bibitem
47106 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47109 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47113 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47114 \begin_inset Newline newline
47118 \begin_inset Flex URL
47121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47123 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47131 \begin_layout Bibliography
47132 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47133 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47134 LatexCommand bibitem
47140 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47143 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47147 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47148 \begin_inset Newline newline
47152 \begin_inset Flex URL
47155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47157 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47165 \begin_layout Bibliography
47166 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47167 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47168 LatexCommand bibitem
47174 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47177 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47181 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47182 \begin_inset Newline newline
47186 \begin_inset Flex URL
47189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47191 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47199 \begin_layout Bibliography
47200 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47201 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47202 LatexCommand bibitem
47208 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47211 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47215 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47216 \begin_inset Newline newline
47220 \begin_inset Flex URL
47223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47225 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47233 \begin_layout Bibliography
47234 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47235 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47236 LatexCommand bibitem
47242 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47245 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47249 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47250 \begin_inset Newline newline
47254 \begin_inset Flex URL
47257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47259 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47267 \begin_layout Bibliography
47268 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47269 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47270 LatexCommand bibitem
47276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47279 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47283 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47284 \begin_inset Newline newline
47288 \begin_inset Flex URL
47291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47293 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47301 \begin_layout Bibliography
47302 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47303 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47304 LatexCommand bibitem
47310 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47313 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47317 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47318 \begin_inset Newline newline
47322 \begin_inset Flex URL
47325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47327 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47335 \begin_layout Bibliography
47336 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47337 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47338 LatexCommand bibitem
47344 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47347 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47351 about new features in
47356 \begin_inset Newline newline
47360 \begin_inset Flex URL
47363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47365 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47373 \begin_layout Standard
47374 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47408 \begin_inset Note Note
47411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47418 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47419 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47420 bibliography is the second one:
47428 \begin_layout Standard
47429 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47430 LatexCommand bibtex
47431 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47432 options "biblio/alphadin"
47439 \begin_layout Standard
47440 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47443 \begin_layout Standard
47444 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47445 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47451 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47452 LatexCommand printindex